TWI906129B - Height adjustment mechanism, seat adjustment device, rotation adjustment mechanism and chair - Google Patents

Height adjustment mechanism, seat adjustment device, rotation adjustment mechanism and chair

Info

Publication number
TWI906129B
TWI906129B TW114103243A TW114103243A TWI906129B TW I906129 B TWI906129 B TW I906129B TW 114103243 A TW114103243 A TW 114103243A TW 114103243 A TW114103243 A TW 114103243A TW I906129 B TWI906129 B TW I906129B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
seat
locking
legs
base
support
Prior art date
Application number
TW114103243A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TW202519152A (en
Inventor
寧歡
何智楊
汪濤
Original Assignee
瑞士商明門瑞士股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 瑞士商明門瑞士股份有限公司 filed Critical 瑞士商明門瑞士股份有限公司
Publication of TW202519152A publication Critical patent/TW202519152A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI906129B publication Critical patent/TWI906129B/en

Links

Abstract

The present disclosure provides a height adjustment mechanism, a seat adjustment device, a rotation adjustment mechanism and a chair. The height adjustment mechanism is disposed between a bracket assembly and a seat assembly, and includes a supporting base and two adjustment members. The bracket assembly includes a base, and the seat assembly includes a seat. The supporting base is integrated with the base or rotatably mounted on the base, and the supporting base supports the seat through the two adjustment members. Lower ends of the two adjustment members are respectively pivotally connected to the supporting base through two first shafts, and upper ends of the two adjustment members are respectively movably connected to the seat to form two connecting points. The two adjustment members are rotatable respectively around corresponding first shafts to change positions of the two connecting points relative to the supporting base or the seat, so as to raise or lower the seat.

Description

高度調整機構、座椅調整裝置、轉動調整機構及椅具Height adjustment mechanism, seat adjustment device, swivel adjustment mechanism and chair

本發明涉及一種高度調整機構、座椅調整裝置、轉動調整機構及椅具。 This invention relates to a height adjustment mechanism, a seat adjustment device, a swivel adjustment mechanism, and a chair.

高腳椅包括具有多個支腿的支架和由支架支撐的座椅,其用於將兒童支撐於較高的乘坐位置,以便於看護者喂食兒童,或者便於兒童與看護者一起就餐。高腳椅為兒童提供的乘坐位置固定,而不同家庭中的桌面高度不完全一致,或者同一家庭中具有多種桌面高度,高度固定的高腳椅不能適配不同的桌面高度。 A high chair consists of a support frame with multiple legs and a seat supported by the frame. It is used to elevate a child, facilitating feeding by caregivers or allowing the child to eat with their caregiver. High chairs provide a fixed seating position for children, but table heights vary between households, or even within the same household, multiple table heights may exist. A high chair with a fixed height cannot accommodate different table heights.

一些高腳椅等載具通常配置有支腿收折結構,以使高腳椅具有支腿展開的展開狀態,以及支腿收折的收折狀態。目前的支腿收折結構通常包括支撐座、多個支腿、滑桿和多個連動件。各個支腿分別與支撐座樞接。滑桿從支撐座的中心孔穿過以能夠沿著支撐座的豎直方向移動。滑桿的頂端用於安裝兒童座椅。滑桿的底端與各個連動件的一端樞接,各個連動件的另一端與各個支腿樞接。在展開支腿時,滑桿帶動兒童座椅相對於支撐座向下移動。在收折支腿時,滑桿帶動兒童座椅相對於支撐座向上移動,導致收折後的載具在豎直方向上佔據較大的空間。 Some high chairs and similar vehicles are typically equipped with a folding leg structure, allowing the high chair to have its legs extended and folded. Current folding leg structures generally include a support base, multiple legs, a slide bar, and multiple linkages. Each leg is hinged to the support base. The slide bar passes through a central hole in the support base to move vertically along the support base. The top end of the slide bar is used to mount the child seat. The bottom end of the slide bar is hinged to one end of each linkage, and the other end of each linkage is hinged to each leg. When the legs are extended, the slide bar moves the child seat downwards relative to the support base. When the outriggers are folded down, the slide bar moves the child seat upwards relative to the support, resulting in the folded vehicle occupying a larger vertical space.

一些高腳椅通過將座椅可滑動地設置在支腿上,並通過使座椅相對於支腿滑動來實現高度調整。 Some bar chairs achieve height adjustment by sliding the seat onto the legs and allowing the seat to slide relative to the legs.

本發明一方面提供一種高度調整機構,設置在支架組件和座椅組件之間,所述高度調整機構包括支撐座和兩個調整件;所述支架組件包括基座,所述座椅組件包括座椅;所述支撐座與所述基座為一體件或者所述支撐座可轉動地安裝在所述基座上,所述支撐座通過所述兩個調整件支撐所述座椅;所述兩個調整件的下端通過兩個第一軸分別與所述支撐座樞接,所述兩個調整件的上端分別與所述座椅活動地連接而形成兩個連接點;所述兩個調整件能夠繞對應的所述第一軸轉動,以使所述兩個連接點相對於所述支撐座或者所述座椅的位置發生改變,從而升高或者降低所述座椅。 This invention provides a height adjustment mechanism disposed between a support assembly and a seat assembly. The height adjustment mechanism includes a support base and two adjusting members. The support assembly includes a base, and the seat assembly includes a seat. The support base and the base are integral, or the support base is rotatably mounted on the base. The support base supports the seat via the two adjusting members. The lower ends of the two adjusting members are respectively connected to the support base via two first axes, and the upper ends of the two adjusting members are respectively movably connected to the seat to form two connection points. The two adjusting members are capable of rotating around corresponding first axes to change the position of the two connection points relative to the support base or the seat, thereby raising or lowering the seat.

根據一實施例,所述兩個調整件能夠繞對應的所述第一軸在相反的方向上轉動,以使所述兩個連接點相對於所述支撐座或者所述座椅的位置發生改變。 According to one embodiment, the two adjusting members are capable of rotating in opposite directions about corresponding first axes to change the position of the two connection points relative to the support or the seat.

根據一實施例,所述座椅相對於所述支撐座具有第一高度和第二高度,所述第一高度大於所述第二高度;當所述座椅處於所述第一高度時,所述支撐座、所述座椅、所述兩個調整件彼此之間的連接點限定出第一面積;當所述座椅處於所述第二高度時,所述支撐座、所述座椅、所述兩個調整件彼此之間的連接點限定出第二面積;所述第一面積大於所述第二面積。 According to one embodiment, the seat has a first height and a second height relative to the support, the first height being greater than the second height; when the seat is at the first height, the connection points between the support, the seat, and the two adjusting members define a first area; when the seat is at the second height, the connection points between the support, the seat, and the two adjusting members define a second area; the first area is greater than the second area.

根據一實施例,所述兩個調整件在第一水平方向相對設置並彼此分離,各個所述第一軸的軸向垂直於所述第一水平方向,當所述兩個調整件繞對應的所述第一軸在相反的方向上轉動時,所述兩個連接點在豎直方向上移 動的同時,在所述第一水平方向上相互靠近或者相互遠離;和/或,所述高度調整機構還包括兩個第一鎖定件,所述兩個第一鎖定件與所述兩個調整件一一對應;以及各個所述第一鎖定件具有鎖定對應的所述調整件與所述座椅的相對位置的鎖定位置。 According to one embodiment, the two adjusting members are disposed opposite to each other and separated in a first horizontal direction, with the axial direction of each first axis perpendicular to the first horizontal direction. When the two adjusting members rotate about their corresponding first axes in opposite directions, the two connecting points move vertically while simultaneously moving closer to or further apart from each other in the first horizontal direction; and/or, the height adjustment mechanism further includes two first locking members, each corresponding to one of the two adjusting members; and each first locking member has a locking position for locking the relative position of the corresponding adjusting member and the seat.

根據一實施例,所述座椅設置有多個卡槽,各個所述第一鎖定件選擇性地與所述多個卡槽中對應的卡槽卡接;和/或,所述高度調整機構還包括第一彈性元件,所述第一彈性元件用於驅動各個所述第一鎖定件與所述座椅卡接。 According to one embodiment, the seat is provided with a plurality of slots, each of the first locking members selectively engaging with a corresponding slot among the plurality of slots; and/or, the height adjustment mechanism further includes a first elastic element for driving each of the first locking members to engage with the seat.

根據一實施例,所述高度調整機構還包括與所述座椅滑動地配合的兩個滑塊,所述兩個滑塊分別通過第二軸與所述兩個調整件的上端樞接,所述第二軸平行於所述第一軸;以及所述兩個滑塊與所述兩個第一鎖定件一一對應,各個所述第一鎖定件與對應的所述滑塊活動地連接。 According to one embodiment, the height adjustment mechanism further includes two sliders that slidably engage with the seat. The two sliders are respectively hinged to the upper ends of the two adjusting members via a second axis parallel to the first axis; and the two sliders correspond one-to-one with the two first locking members, each of the first locking members being movably connected to its corresponding slider.

根據一實施例,所述座椅的底部設置有容納腔,所述兩個滑塊位於所述容納腔中,各個所述第二軸從所述容納腔的側壁伸出並與對應的所述調整件的上端樞接;以及所述容納腔的側壁設置有與各個所述第二軸的兩端對應的第一長形孔。 According to one embodiment, the seat has a receiving cavity at its bottom, the two sliders are located in the receiving cavity, each of the second shafts extends from the side wall of the receiving cavity and is hinged to the upper end of a corresponding adjusting member; and the side wall of the receiving cavity has a first elongated hole corresponding to both ends of each of the second shafts.

根據一實施例,各個所述第一鎖定件相對於對應的所述滑塊在豎直方向上移動,以移動至與所述座椅卡接的鎖定位置或者與所述座椅脫離卡接的釋鎖位置;和/或,所述高度調整機構還包括兩個第一驅動件,所述兩個第一驅動件與所述兩個第一鎖定件一一對應;各個所述第一驅動件與對應的所述第一鎖定件驅動連接,各個所述第一驅動件在受到外力時驅動對應的所述第一鎖定件移動而與所述座椅脫離卡接。 According to one embodiment, each of the first locking members moves vertically relative to the corresponding slider to a locked position engaging with the seat or an unlocked position disengaging from the seat; and/or, the height adjustment mechanism further includes two first drives, each corresponding to one of the two first locking members; each first drive is drivenly connected to a corresponding first locking member, and each first drive, when subjected to an external force, drives the corresponding first locking member to move and disengage from the seat.

根據一實施例,所述第一鎖定件和對應的所述第一驅動件中之一者設置有第一銷,另一者設置有驅動斜面;所述第一銷平行於所述第一軸;所述驅動斜面與所述第一銷相抵靠;以及當各個所述第一驅動件受到所述外力時,所述驅動斜面和所述第一銷相抵,驅動所述第一鎖定件移動。 According to one embodiment, one of the first locking member and the corresponding first driving member is provided with a first pin, and the other is provided with a driving ramp; the first pin is parallel to the first axis; the driving ramp abuts against the first pin; and when each of the first driving members is subjected to the external force, the driving ramp abuts against the first pin, driving the first locking member to move.

根據一實施例,所述高度調整機構還包括至少一個第一釋鎖件,所述至少一個第一釋鎖件和所述兩個第一驅動件可操作地連接,以向各個所述第一驅動件施加所述外力。 According to one embodiment, the height adjustment mechanism further includes at least one first release member operably connected to the two first actuators to apply the external force to each of the first actuators.

根據一實施例,所述高度調整機構包括兩個所述第一釋鎖件,所述兩個第一釋鎖件與所述兩個第一驅動件一一對應;各個所述第一釋鎖件與對應的所述第一驅動件通過第一牽引件連接,所述第一牽引件套設在保護套中;和/或,所述高度調整機構還包括第二彈性元件,所述第二彈性元件用於驅動所述至少一個第一釋鎖件復位。 According to one embodiment, the height adjustment mechanism includes two first release elements, each corresponding to one of the two first drives; each first release element and its corresponding first drive are connected via a first traction member, the first traction member being sleeved in a protective sleeve; and/or, the height adjustment mechanism further includes a second elastic element for driving the at least one first release element to reset.

根據一實施例,所述兩個調整件在第一水平方向相對設置並彼此分離;各個所述調整件包括在第二水平方向上相對設置的一對連接臂,所述第二水平方向垂直於所述第一水平方向,所述一對連接臂的上端與所述座椅活動地連接,所述一對連接臂的下端與所述支撐座通過第一軸樞接,所述一對連接臂通過側板連接;所述一對連接臂的相對的兩個表面中之至少一者設置有滑槽,所述座椅設置有與所述滑槽滑動地配合的凸柱。 According to one embodiment, the two adjusting members are disposed opposite to each other and separated in a first horizontal direction; each adjusting member includes a pair of connecting arms disposed opposite to each other in a second horizontal direction, the second horizontal direction being perpendicular to the first horizontal direction; the upper ends of the pair of connecting arms are movably connected to the seat, and the lower ends of the pair of connecting arms are hinged to the support seat via a first shaft; the pair of connecting arms are connected via side plates; at least one of the two opposite surfaces of the pair of connecting arms is provided with a groove, and the seat is provided with a protrusion that slidably engages with the groove.

根據一實施例,所述兩個調整件在第一水平方向相對設置並彼此分離,所述第一軸的軸向垂直於所述第一水平方向;所述支撐座設置有在所述第一水平方向上相對設置的兩個支撐件,所述兩個支撐件與所述兩個調整件一一對應;所述支撐件的上端和所述調整件的下端中之一者設置有安裝孔,另 一者設置有所述第一軸,所述第一軸與所述安裝孔樞接;至少一對相對應的所述支撐件和調整件之間設置有角度限位機構,所述角度限位機構用於限制所述調整件的轉動角度範圍。 According to one embodiment, the two adjusting members are arranged opposite to each other and separated in a first horizontal direction, and the axis of the first shaft is perpendicular to the first horizontal direction; the support base is provided with two supporting members arranged opposite to each other in the first horizontal direction, the two supporting members corresponding one-to-one with the two adjusting members; one of the upper end of the supporting member and the lower end of the adjusting member is provided with a mounting hole, and the other is provided with the first shaft, the first shaft being hinged to the mounting hole; an angle limiting mechanism is provided between at least one pair of corresponding supporting members and adjusting members, the angle limiting mechanism being used to limit the rotation angle range of the adjusting member.

根據一實施例,所述兩個支撐件之間的上端距離大於其下端距離;和/或,所述角度限位機構包括:第一弧形槽,位於所述安裝孔的孔壁並沿周向延伸;以及彈性伸縮銷,安裝於所述第一軸並適於插入所述第一弧形槽中。 According to one embodiment, the upper distance between the two supports is greater than the lower distance between them; and/or, the angle limiting mechanism includes: a first arcuate groove located on the wall of the mounting hole and extending circumferentially; and an elastic telescopic pin mounted on the first shaft and adapted to be inserted into the first arcuate groove.

根據一實施例,所述安裝孔的孔壁設置有斜面,所述斜面用於引導所述彈性伸縮銷插入所述第一弧形槽中。 According to one embodiment, the wall of the mounting hole is provided with a bevel, the bevel serving to guide the elastic telescopic pin into the first arc-shaped groove.

本發明另一方面提供一種座椅調整裝置,設置在支架組件和座椅組件之間,所述座椅調整裝置包括:第一調整柱,與座椅組件的座椅連接;第二調整柱,與支架組件的基座連接,並與所述第一調整柱插接配合;及高度調整機構,設置於所述第一調整柱和所述第二調整柱之間,所述高度調整機構能夠在鎖定狀態和釋鎖狀態之間切換;其中,當所述高度調整機構處於鎖定狀態時,所述第一調整柱相對所述第二調整柱固定於某一高度位置處,當所述高度調整機構處於釋鎖狀態時,所述第一調整柱能夠相對於所述第二調整柱移動。 In another aspect, this invention provides a seat adjustment device disposed between a support assembly and a seat assembly. The seat adjustment device includes: a first adjustment column connected to the seat of the seat assembly; a second adjustment column connected to the base of the support assembly and engaging with the first adjustment column; and a height adjustment mechanism disposed between the first and second adjustment columns, the height adjustment mechanism being switchable between a locked state and an unlocked state; wherein, when the height adjustment mechanism is in the locked state, the first adjustment column is fixed at a certain height relative to the second adjustment column; and when the height adjustment mechanism is in the unlocked state, the first adjustment column is movable relative to the second adjustment column.

根據一實施例,所述高度調整機構包括:多個調整孔,設置於所述第一調整柱和所述第二調整柱中之一者;高度鎖定件,可移動地設置於所述第一調整柱和所述第二調整柱中之另一者,所述高度鎖定件能夠在第一鎖定位置和第一釋鎖位置之間切換;其中,當所述高度鎖定件位於所述第一鎖定位置時,所述高度鎖定件與所述多個調整孔中之至少一者卡合,當所述高度鎖定 件處於所述第一釋鎖位置時,所述高度鎖定件與所述至少一個調整孔解除卡合。 According to one embodiment, the height adjustment mechanism includes: a plurality of adjustment holes disposed on one of the first adjustment post and the second adjustment post; and a height locking member movably disposed on the other of the first adjustment post and the second adjustment post, the height locking member being switchable between a first locked position and a first unlocked position; wherein, when the height locking member is in the first locked position, the height locking member engages with at least one of the plurality of adjustment holes, and when the height locking member is in the first unlocked position, the height locking member disengages from the at least one adjustment hole.

根據一實施例,所述高度調整機構還包括高度驅動件,所述高度鎖定件和所述高度驅動件中之一者設置有第一驅動槽,所述高度鎖定件和所述高度驅動件中之另一者設置有第一驅動銷,所述第一驅動槽的延伸方向相對於所述高度鎖定件的移動方向傾斜,所述第一驅動銷與所述第一驅動槽插接配合,並能夠沿所述第一驅動槽移動,所述高度驅動件能夠驅動所述高度鎖定件在所述第一鎖定位置和所述第一釋鎖位置之間移動。 According to one embodiment, the height adjustment mechanism further includes a height drive member. One of the height locking member and the height drive member is provided with a first drive groove, and the other of the height locking member and the height drive member is provided with a first drive pin. The extending direction of the first drive groove is inclined relative to the moving direction of the height locking member. The first drive pin is inserted into the first drive groove and is movable along the first drive groove. The height drive member can drive the height locking member to move between a first locked position and a first unlocked position.

根據一實施例,所述多個調整孔設於所述第二調整柱,所述高度鎖定件設於所述第一調整柱;所述高度調整機構還包括:固定座,連接於所述第一調整柱且設置有導向槽,所述導向槽的延伸方向垂直於所述第一調整柱的軸向;所述第一驅動銷與所述導向槽插接配合,並能夠沿所述導向槽移動。 According to one embodiment, the plurality of adjusting holes are disposed on the second adjusting post, and the height locking member is disposed on the first adjusting post; the height adjusting mechanism further includes: a fixed base connected to the first adjusting post and provided with a guide groove, the extending direction of the guide groove being perpendicular to the axial direction of the first adjusting post; the first driving pin is inserted into the guide groove and is movable along the guide groove.

根據一實施例,所述高度調整機構還包括第一復位件,所述第一復位件適於偏壓所述高度驅動件以使所述高度鎖定件移向所述第一鎖定位置;和/或,所述高度調整機構還包括:高度操作件,能夠在第一位置和第二位置之間切換;牽引件,所述牽引件的一端與所述高度驅動件連接,所述牽引件的另一端與所述高度操作件連接;其中,所述高度操作件能夠被操作以通過所述牽引件帶動所述高度驅動件移動,以驅動所述高度鎖定件由所述第一鎖定位置移動至所述第一釋鎖位置。 According to one embodiment, the height adjustment mechanism further includes a first reset member adapted to bias the height drive member to move the height locking member to the first locked position; and/or, the height adjustment mechanism further includes: a height operating member capable of switching between a first position and a second position; a traction member, one end of which is connected to the height drive member, and the other end of which is connected to the height operating member; wherein the height operating member can be operated to move the height drive member via the traction member to drive the height locking member from the first locked position to the first unlocked position.

根據一實施例,所述高度調整機構還包括第二復位件,所述第二復位件適於偏壓所述高度操作件以移向所述第一位置;和/或,所述座椅調整裝置還包括安裝座,所述第一調整柱通過所述安裝座與所述座椅連接;所述安 裝座包括:上蓋,連接於所述座椅的底部並與所述第一調整柱連接;下蓋,與所述上蓋圍合形成第一容納腔,所述高度操作件的至少一部分容納於所述第一容納腔。 According to one embodiment, the height adjustment mechanism further includes a second reset member adapted to bias the height operating member to move towards the first position; and/or, the seat adjustment device further includes a mounting base through which the first adjusting post is connected to the seat; the mounting base includes: an upper cover connected to the bottom of the seat and connected to the first adjusting post; and a lower cover that, together with the upper cover, surrounds a first receiving cavity, in which at least a portion of the height operating member is received.

根據一實施例,所述安裝座還包括連接管,所述連接管圍繞所述第一調整柱的外周設置並與所述第一調整柱圍合形成第二容納腔,所述第二容納腔與所述第一容納腔連通,所述牽引件的至少一部分容納於所述第二容納腔。 According to one embodiment, the mounting base further includes a connecting pipe disposed around the outer periphery of the first adjusting post and forming a second receiving cavity with the first adjusting post. The second receiving cavity communicates with the first receiving cavity, and at least a portion of the traction member is received within the second receiving cavity.

根據一實施例,所述高度調整機構還包括固定座,所述固定座設置於所述第一調整柱的遠離所述座椅組件的一端,並且所述固定座的至少一部分容納於所述第二容納腔,所述高度驅動件和所述高度鎖定件容納於所述第二容納腔內,並且分別可移動地連接於所述固定座。 According to one embodiment, the height adjustment mechanism further includes a fixed base disposed at one end of the first adjustment column away from the seat assembly, and at least a portion of the fixed base is received in a second receiving cavity. The height drive and the height locking member are received within the second receiving cavity and are movably connected to the fixed base, respectively.

根據一實施例,座椅調整裝置還包括防脫出機構,所述防脫出機構包括:彈性手指,設置在所述連接管,所述彈性手指具有向背離所述第二容納腔的方向凸出的鉤體部;及卡合槽,設置於所述支架組件,所述卡合槽的延伸方向平行於所述第二調整柱的軸向;其中,所述鉤體部能夠沿所述卡合槽移動,所述卡合槽的端部限制所述鉤體部的移動行程。 According to one embodiment, the seat adjustment device further includes an anti-disengagement mechanism, the anti-disengagement mechanism comprising: an elastic finger disposed on the connecting pipe, the elastic finger having a hook portion protruding away from the second receiving cavity; and an engaging groove disposed on the bracket assembly, the engaging groove extending parallel to the axial direction of the second adjusting post; wherein the hook portion is movable along the engaging groove, and the end of the engaging groove restricts the movement stroke of the hook portion.

根據一實施例,所述支架組件還包括調整座,所述調整座與所述基座連接;所述調整座至少部分地圍繞所述第二調整柱設置並與所述第二調整柱連接,所述卡合槽設置於所述調整座。 According to one embodiment, the support assembly further includes an adjustment seat connected to the base; the adjustment seat is at least partially disposed around and connected to the second adjustment post, and the engaging groove is disposed in the adjustment seat.

根據一實施例,所述支架組件還包括調整座,所述調整座與所述基座可相對轉動地連接;所述調整座與所述第二調整柱之間限定出第一容置 槽,所述連接管與所述第一容置槽滑動地配合,且所述連接管不可相對於所述調整座轉動。 According to one embodiment, the support assembly further includes an adjustment seat rotatably connected to the base; a first receiving groove is defined between the adjustment seat and the second adjustment post, the connecting pipe slidably engages with the first receiving groove, and the connecting pipe is not rotatable relative to the adjustment seat.

根據一實施例,所述第一調整柱具有中空內腔,所述第二調整柱插接於所述中空內腔並能夠沿所述中空內腔移動。 According to one embodiment, the first adjusting post has a hollow inner cavity, and the second adjusting post is inserted into and movable along the hollow inner cavity.

根據一實施例,所述第二調整柱的外側面設置有凸起,所述凸起與所述第一調整柱的中空內腔的腔壁相抵接以及滑動地配合。 According to one embodiment, a protrusion is provided on the outer surface of the second adjusting column, the protrusion abutting against and slidingly engaging with the cavity wall of the hollow inner cavity of the first adjusting column.

根據一實施例,所述第一調整柱的遠離所述座椅組件的一端設置有固定座,所述固定座設置有凹槽,所述凹槽適於與所述凸起配合並能夠供所述凸起穿過。 According to one embodiment, a fixing seat is provided at the end of the first adjusting column away from the seat assembly. The fixing seat has a groove adapted to engage with the protrusion and allowing the protrusion to pass through.

本發明又一方面提供一種轉動調整機構,所述轉動調整機構設置在可相對轉動的座椅組件和支架組件之間,以操作地鎖定所述座椅組件相對於所述支架組件的周向位置。 In another aspect, the invention provides a rotation adjustment mechanism disposed between a rotatable seat assembly and a support assembly to operatively lock the circumferential position of the seat assembly relative to the support assembly.

根據一實施例,所述座椅組件安裝在支撐座上,所述支架組件包括基座,所述支撐座可轉動地安裝在所述基座上;所述轉動調整機構包括第三鎖定件,所述第三鎖定件安裝在所述支撐座和所述基座中之一者上,所述支撐座和所述基座中之另一者沿周向設置有多個定位孔,所述第三鎖定件選擇性地插入所述多個定位孔中之一者,以鎖定所述支撐座和所述基座的相對位置。 According to one embodiment, the seat assembly is mounted on a support base, the support assembly includes a base, and the support base is rotatably mounted on the base; the rotation adjustment mechanism includes a third locking member, the third locking member being mounted on one of the support base and the base, the other of the support base and the base being provided with a plurality of positioning holes circumferentially, and the third locking member being selectively inserted into one of the plurality of positioning holes to lock the relative position of the support base and the base.

根據一實施例,所述座椅組件通過調整座與所述支架組件連接;所述轉動調整機構可操作地設置於所述支架組件,所述轉動調整機構具有釋鎖狀態和鎖定狀態,當所述轉動調整機構處於釋鎖狀態時,所述調整座能夠相對於所述支架組件或者所述座椅組件轉動,以調整所述座椅組件和所述支架組件的周向相對位置;當所述轉動調整機構處於鎖定狀態時,所述調整座不能 相對於所述支架組件和所述座椅組件轉動,從而鎖定所述座椅組件和所述支架組件的周向相對位置。 According to one embodiment, the seat assembly is connected to the support assembly via an adjusting seat; a rotation adjustment mechanism is operably disposed on the support assembly, the rotation adjustment mechanism having an unlocked state and a locked state. When the rotation adjustment mechanism is in the unlocked state, the adjusting seat can rotate relative to the support assembly or the seat assembly to adjust the circumferential relative position of the seat assembly and the support assembly; when the rotation adjustment mechanism is in the locked state, the adjusting seat cannot rotate relative to the support assembly and the seat assembly, thereby locking the circumferential relative position of the seat assembly and the support assembly.

根據一實施例,所述座椅組件與第一調整柱連接,所述調整座與第二調整柱連接,所述第二調整柱與所述第一調整柱插接配合;所述第一調整柱和所述第二調整柱之間設置有高度調整機構,所述高度調整機構能夠在鎖定狀態和釋鎖狀態之間切換;其中,當所述高度調整機構處於鎖定狀態時,所述第一調整柱相對所述第二調整柱固定於某一高度位置處,當所述高度調整機構處於釋鎖狀態時,所述第一調整柱能夠相對於所述第二調整柱移動。 According to one embodiment, the seat assembly is connected to a first adjusting column, and the adjusting seat is connected to a second adjusting column, with the second adjusting column engaging with the first adjusting column. A height adjustment mechanism is provided between the first and second adjusting columns, and this mechanism can switch between a locked and an unlocked state. When the height adjustment mechanism is locked, the first adjusting column is fixed at a certain height relative to the second adjusting column; when the height adjustment mechanism is unlocked, the first adjusting column can move relative to the second adjusting column.

根據一實施例,所述轉動調整機構包括:多個插槽,設置於所述支架組件和所述調整座中之一者;及轉動鎖定件,設置於所述支架組件和所述調整座中之另一者,所述轉動鎖定件能夠在第二鎖定位置和第二釋鎖位置之間切換;其中,當所述轉動鎖定件處於所述第二鎖定位置時,所述轉動鎖定件與所述多個插槽中之至少一者卡合,使得所述調整座不能相對於所述支架組件轉動,當所述轉動鎖定件處於所述第二釋鎖位置時,所述轉動鎖定件與所述多個插槽解除卡合,使得所述調整座能夠相對於所述支架組件轉動。 According to one embodiment, the rotation adjustment mechanism includes: a plurality of slots disposed in one of the bracket assembly and the adjustment seat; and a rotation locking member disposed in the other of the bracket assembly and the adjustment seat, the rotation locking member being switchable between a second locked position and a second unlocked position; wherein, when the rotation locking member is in the second locked position, the rotation locking member engages with at least one of the plurality of slots, preventing the adjustment seat from rotating relative to the bracket assembly; when the rotation locking member is in the second unlocked position, the rotation locking member disengages from the plurality of slots, allowing the adjustment seat to rotate relative to the bracket assembly.

根據一實施例,所述轉動鎖定件設置於所述調整座,所述調整座設置有第二穿孔,所述轉動鎖定件可移動地穿設於所述第二穿孔。 According to one embodiment, the rotary locking member is disposed on the adjusting base, the adjusting base having a second through hole, and the rotary locking member is movably inserted through the second through hole.

根據一實施例,所述轉動調整機構還包括轉動操作件,所述轉動操作件安裝至調整座,所述轉動操作件與所述轉動鎖定件驅動連接以驅動所述轉動鎖定件在所述第二鎖定位置和所述第二釋鎖位置之間切換。 According to one embodiment, the rotation adjustment mechanism further includes a rotation operating member mounted to the adjustment seat, the rotation operating member being drivenly connected to the rotation locking member to drive the rotation locking member to switch between a second locked position and a second unlocked position.

根據一實施例,所述轉動鎖定件具有第一驅動面,所述轉動操作件具有第二驅動面,所述第二驅動面與所述第一驅動面抵接,所述轉動操作 件能夠被操作以通過所述第二驅動面抵推所述第一驅動面,從而驅動所述轉動鎖定件切換至所述第二釋鎖位置;或者,所述轉動鎖定件設置有插接槽,所述插接槽的側壁形成第一驅動面,所述轉動操作件包括插接部,所述插接部的側面形成第二驅動面,所述第二驅動面相對於所述轉動鎖定件的延伸方向傾斜,所述插接部與所述插接槽插接配合,所述第二驅動面與所述第一驅動面抵接。 According to one embodiment, the rotary locking member has a first driving surface, and the rotary operating member has a second driving surface, the second driving surface abutting against the first driving surface. The rotary operating member can be operated to push the first driving surface through the second driving surface, thereby driving the rotary locking member to switch to a second unlocking position; or, the rotary locking member is provided with a insertion groove, the sidewall of the insertion groove forming the first driving surface, the rotary operating member including a insertion portion, the sidewall of the insertion portion forming a second driving surface, the second driving surface being inclined relative to the extending direction of the rotary locking member, the insertion portion engaging with the insertion groove, and the second driving surface abutting against the first driving surface.

根據一實施例,所述支架組件設置有容置孔,所述調整座至少部分地容納於所述容置孔,所述轉動操作件可移動地連接於所述調整座,所述轉動操作件至少部分露出於所述容置孔以供操作。 According to one embodiment, the support assembly is provided with a receiving hole, the adjusting seat is at least partially received in the receiving hole, and the rotating operating member is movably connected to the adjusting seat, the rotating operating member being at least partially exposed in the receiving hole for operation.

根據一實施例,所述轉動調整機構還包括:轉動復位件,適於偏壓所述轉動鎖定件以使所述轉動鎖定件移向所述第二鎖定位置。 According to one embodiment, the rotation adjustment mechanism further includes: a rotation reset member adapted to bias the rotation locking member to move the rotation locking member to the second locking position.

根據一實施例,所述轉動鎖定件成對設置,所述轉動復位件連接或抵接於成對的兩個所述轉動鎖定件之間以同時偏壓兩個所述轉動鎖定件。 According to one embodiment, the rotary locking members are arranged in pairs, and the rotary reset member is connected to or abuts between the two rotary locking members to simultaneously bias both rotary locking members.

根據一實施例,所述支架組件包括連接於所述多個支腿的支腿座,所述座椅組件安裝於座板上,所述座板與所述支腿座可相對轉動地連接;所述轉動調整機構設置在所述支腿座和所述座板之間,當所述轉動調整機構處於釋鎖狀態時,所述座板能夠相對於所述支腿座轉動;當所述轉動調整機構處於鎖定狀態時,所述座板不能相對於所述支腿座轉動。 According to one embodiment, the support assembly includes leg seats connected to the plurality of legs, and the seat assembly is mounted on a seat plate, the seat plate being rotatably connected to the leg seats. A rotation adjustment mechanism is disposed between the leg seats and the seat plate; when the rotation adjustment mechanism is in an unlocked state, the seat plate can rotate relative to the leg seats; when the rotation adjustment mechanism is in a locked state, the seat plate cannot rotate relative to the leg seats.

根據一實施例,所述轉動調整機構包括:定位件,具有第三鎖定位置和第三釋鎖位置;所述支腿座設置有第一定位槽,所述座板設置有第二定位槽;當所述轉動調整機構處於鎖定狀態時,所述定位件處於所述第三鎖定位置,所述定位件同時卡合於所述第一定位槽和所述第二定位槽,當所述轉動 調整機構處於釋鎖狀態時,所述定位件處於所述第三釋鎖位置,所述定位件與第一定位槽和所述第二定位槽中之至少一者解除卡合。 According to one embodiment, the rotation adjustment mechanism includes: a positioning member having a third locked position and a third unlocked position; the support leg seat is provided with a first positioning groove, and the seat plate is provided with a second positioning groove; when the rotation adjustment mechanism is in the locked state, the positioning member is in the third locked position, and the positioning member is simultaneously engaged with the first positioning groove and the second positioning groove; when the rotation adjustment mechanism is in the unlocked state, the positioning member is in the third unlocked position, and the positioning member is disengaged from at least one of the first positioning groove and the second positioning groove.

根據一實施例,所述定位件包括用於與所述第二定位槽和所述第一定位槽卡合的定位部,所述定位部的橫截面為非圓形的旋轉對稱圖形;和/或,所述轉動調整機構還包括定位復位件,所述定位復位件適於偏壓所述定位件向所述第三鎖定位置移動,所述定位復位件抵接或連接於所述定位件和所述支腿座之間。 According to one embodiment, the positioning member includes a positioning portion for engaging with the second positioning groove and the first positioning groove, the positioning portion having a non-circular rotationally symmetrical cross-section; and/or, the rotation adjustment mechanism further includes a positioning reset member adapted to bias the positioning member toward the third locking position, the positioning reset member abutting or connected between the positioning member and the support leg seat.

根據一實施例,所述轉動調整機構還包括定位操作件,所述定位操作件與所述定位件驅動連接,所述定位操作件可操作地設置於所述支腿座,所述定位操作件可被操作以驅動所述定位件向所述第三釋鎖位置移動。 According to one embodiment, the rotation adjustment mechanism further includes a positioning actuating element, which is drivenly connected to the positioning member and operably disposed on the support leg seat. The positioning actuating element is operable to drive the positioning member to move toward the third unlocked position.

根據一實施例,所述定位操作件設置於所述支腿座的背離所述第一定位槽的一側,所述定位操作件通過緊固件與所述定位件連接。 According to one embodiment, the positioning actuating element is disposed on the side of the support leg seat opposite to the first positioning groove, and the positioning actuating element is connected to the positioning element by a fastener.

根據一實施例,所述座板設置有第一容納槽,所述支腿座設置有轉動連接部,所述轉動連接部的至少一部分容納於所述第一容納槽並且與所述第一容納槽的側壁抵接,使得所述座板可相對於所述支腿座繞旋轉軸線旋轉。 According to one embodiment, the seat plate is provided with a first receiving groove, and the support leg seat is provided with a rotatable connecting portion. At least a portion of the rotatable connecting portion is received in the first receiving groove and abuts against the side wall of the first receiving groove, allowing the seat plate to rotate relative to the support leg seat about a rotation axis.

根據一實施例,所述座板包括第一座板和第二座板,所述第一座板設置有所述第一容納槽,所述第二座板設置於所述第一容納槽的槽口處,所述第二座板與所述第一座板之間形成開口,所述轉動連接部的至少一部分伸入所述開口並卡接於所述第一容納槽的槽壁。 According to one embodiment, the seat plate includes a first seat plate and a second seat plate. The first seat plate is provided with a first receiving groove, and the second seat plate is disposed at the opening of the first receiving groove. An opening is formed between the second seat plate and the first seat plate. At least a portion of the rotating connecting part extends into the opening and engages with the groove wall of the first receiving groove.

根據一實施例,所述座板包括第一座板和第二座板,所述第一座板和第二座板圍合形成第一容納槽,所述第一容納槽中插設有連接桿,所述 連接桿從所述第一容納槽伸出的部分與背靠連接;和/或,所述支架組件還包括滾輪,所述滾輪可轉動地設置於所述支腿座,所述滾輪設置有第一斜面,所述座板設置有圍繞所述座板的旋轉軸線的第二斜面,所述第二斜面與所述第一斜面滾動接觸。 According to one embodiment, the seat plate includes a first seat plate and a second seat plate, which together form a first receiving groove. A connecting rod is inserted into the first receiving groove, and a portion of the connecting rod extending from the first receiving groove is connected to the backrest. And/or, the support assembly further includes a roller rotatably disposed on the support leg seat. The roller has a first inclined surface, and the seat plate has a second inclined surface surrounding a rotation axis of the seat plate, the second inclined surface rollingly contacting the first inclined surface.

根據一實施例,所述定位操作件可轉動地設置於所述支腿座,所述支腿座設置有定位肋,所述定位操作件設置有保持肋,所述保持肋與所述定位肋抵接以使所述定位件保持於所述第三釋鎖位置。 According to one embodiment, the positioning actuating member is rotatably disposed on the support leg seat, the support leg seat being provided with a positioning rib, and the positioning actuating member being provided with a retaining rib, the retaining rib abutting against the positioning rib to hold the positioning member in the third unlocked position.

本發明又一方面還提供一種椅具,包括上述的高度調整機構和/或上述的座椅調整裝置和/或上述的轉動調整機構。 In another aspect, the present invention provides a chair, including the aforementioned height adjustment mechanism and/or the aforementioned seat adjustment device and/or the aforementioned swivel adjustment mechanism.

本發明又一方面還提供一種椅具,所述椅具包括支架組件,所述支架組件包括多個支腿和收折機構,所述收折機構用於打開或者收折所述多個支腿。 In another aspect, the invention provides a chair comprising a support assembly including a plurality of legs and a folding mechanism for opening or closing the plurality of legs.

根據一實施例,所述收折機構包括:調節座;安裝在所述調節座上的多個連接件、至少一個第二鎖定件;其中,所述調節座通過所述多個連接件與所述多個支腿可滑動地連接;所述至少一個所述第二鎖定件用於和至少一個所述支腿卡接,以鎖定所述調節座與所述至少一個所述支腿的相對位置。 According to one embodiment, the folding mechanism includes: an adjusting base; a plurality of connectors mounted on the adjusting base; and at least one second locking member; wherein the adjusting base is slidably connected to the plurality of legs via the plurality of connectors; and the at least one second locking member is used to engage with at least one of the legs to lock the relative position of the adjusting base and the at least one leg.

根據一實施例,所述至少一個所述支腿上設置有兩個或更多個鎖槽,所述兩個或更多個鎖槽沿所述至少一個所述支腿的長度方向間隔設置,以與所述至少一個第二鎖定件選擇性地卡接。 According to one embodiment, the at least one of the outriggers is provided with two or more locking slots, which are spaced apart along the length of the at least one outrigger to selectively engage with the at least one second locking member.

根據一實施例,所述椅具還包括第二釋鎖件,所述第二釋鎖件安裝在所述調節座上並與所述至少一個第二鎖定件可操作地連接;和/或,各個 所述連接件具有槽口,各個所述支腿設置有滑軌,各個所述連接件通過其槽口與對應的所述支腿上的滑軌可滑動地連接。 According to one embodiment, the chair further includes a second release member, which is mounted on the adjusting seat and operatively connected to the at least one second locking member; and/or, each of the connecting members has a slot, each of the legs is provided with a slide rail, and each of the connecting members is slidably connected to the slide rail on the corresponding leg through its slot.

根據一實施例,所述支架組件包括基座,所述基座具有在豎直方向上延伸的滑道;所述多個支腿分別與所述基座樞接;所述收折機構包括:第一滑動件,與所述滑道滑動地配合;多個連動件,連接在所述第一滑動件和所述多個支腿之間;當所述第一滑動件沿著所述滑道移動時,所述多個連動件驅動所述多個支腿同步展開或者收折。 According to one embodiment, the support assembly includes a base having a slide rail extending in a vertical direction; the plurality of support legs are respectively connected to the base; the folding mechanism includes: a first sliding member slidably engaging with the slide rail; and a plurality of linkages connected between the first sliding member and the plurality of support legs; when the first sliding member moves along the slide rail, the plurality of linkages drive the plurality of support legs to simultaneously unfold or fold.

根據一實施例,所述收折機構還包括:穩定件,通過至少一個連接件與所述第一滑動件連接,以允許所述穩定件隨著所述第一滑動件在所述豎直方向上移動;以及,所述穩定件具有與所述豎直方向平行的轉動軸線;至少一個第一運動轉換機構,設置在所述穩定件和所述基座之間;當所述穩定件在所述豎直方向上移動時,各個所述第一運動轉換機構驅動所述穩定件繞所述轉動軸線相對於所述第一滑動件轉動。 According to one embodiment, the folding mechanism further includes: a stabilizer connected to the first sliding member via at least one connector to allow the stabilizer to move with the first sliding member in the vertical direction; and the stabilizer having a rotation axis parallel to the vertical direction; at least one first motion conversion mechanism disposed between the stabilizer and the base; each of the first motion conversion mechanisms drives the stabilizer to rotate relative to the first sliding member about the rotation axis when the stabilizer moves in the vertical direction.

根據一實施例,所述穩定件和所述第一滑動件中之一者設置有至少一個弧形孔,另一者設置有至少一個通孔;所述至少一個連接件沿著所述豎直方向穿設在所述至少一個弧形孔和所述至少一個通孔中;或者,所述至少一個連接件包括自所述穩定件或所述第一滑動件延伸的至少兩個卡合鉤,各個所述卡合鉤在所述豎直方向上延伸。 According to one embodiment, one of the stabilizer and the first slider is provided with at least one arc-shaped hole, and the other is provided with at least one through hole; the at least one connecting member is disposed in the at least one arc-shaped hole and the at least one through hole along the vertical direction; or, the at least one connecting member includes at least two engaging hooks extending from the stabilizer or the first slider, each of the engaging hooks extending in the vertical direction.

根據一實施例,各個所述第一運動轉換機構包括:第一驅動斜槽,設置於所述基座和所述穩定件中之一者上;第一驅動銷,設置於所述基座和所述穩定件中之另一者上並與所述第一驅動斜槽滑動地配合。 According to one embodiment, each of the first motion conversion mechanisms includes: a first drive chute disposed on one of the base and the stabilizer; and a first drive pin disposed on the other of the base and the stabilizer and slidably engaging with the first drive chute.

根據一實施例,所述滑道由在所述豎直方向上延伸的立柱部形成,所述第一滑動件套接在所述立柱部的外部。 According to one embodiment, the slide is formed by a column portion extending in the vertical direction, and the first sliding member is sleeved on the outside of the column portion.

根據一實施例,所述滑道由在所述豎直方向上延伸的立柱部形成,所述第一滑動件和所述穩定件均套接在所述立柱部的外部,所述至少一個第一運動轉換機構設置在所述穩定件和所述立柱部之間。 According to one embodiment, the slide is formed by a column portion extending in the vertical direction, the first sliding member and the stabilizer are both sleeved on the outside of the column portion, and the at least one first motion conversion mechanism is disposed between the stabilizer and the column portion.

根據一實施例,所述收折機構還包括:至少一個鎖定件,所述至少一個鎖定件安裝至所述基座並用於鎖定所述第一滑動件,以限制所述第一滑動件相對於所述滑道移動。 According to one embodiment, the folding mechanism further includes: at least one locking member, the at least one locking member being mounted to the base and used to lock the first slider to restrict movement of the first slider relative to the track.

根據一實施例,所述收折機構還包括:至少一個釋鎖件,與所述至少一個鎖定件可操作地連接,用於驅動所述至少一個鎖定件釋鎖所述第一滑動件;和/或,至少一個彈性件,用於驅動所述至少一個鎖定件鎖定所述第一滑動件。 According to one embodiment, the folding mechanism further includes: at least one release member operably connected to the at least one locking member for actuating the at least one locking member to release the first sliding member; and/or, at least one elastic member for actuating the at least one locking member to lock the first sliding member.

根據一實施例,所述第一滑動件包括至少一個鎖定部,各個所述鎖定部包括鎖定凹部;各個所述鎖定件包括多個沿橫向方向延伸的鎖定凸部,多個所述鎖定凸部在所述豎直方向上間隔布置;所述鎖定凹部與所述多個鎖定凸部選擇性地配合,以將所述第一滑動件鎖定於所述滑道的不同位置。 According to one embodiment, the first slider includes at least one locking portion, each locking portion including a locking recess; each locking member includes a plurality of locking protrusions extending in a transverse direction, the plurality of locking protrusions being arranged at intervals in the vertical direction; the locking recesses selectively engage with the plurality of locking protrusions to lock the first slider at different positions on the slide rail.

根據一實施例,所述第一滑動件包括至少一個鎖定部,各個所述鎖定部包括多個鎖定凹部,所述多個鎖定凹部在所述豎直方向上間隔布置;各個所述鎖定件包括沿橫向方向延伸的鎖定凸部;所述多個鎖定凹部與所述鎖定凸部選擇性地配合,以將所述第一滑動件鎖定於所述滑道的不同位置。 According to one embodiment, the first slider includes at least one locking portion, each locking portion including a plurality of locking recesses arranged at intervals in the vertical direction; each locking member includes a locking protrusion extending in the transverse direction; the plurality of locking recesses selectively engage with the locking protrusions to lock the first slider at different positions on the slide rail.

根據一實施例,各個所述釋鎖件安裝在所述基座上並能夠在所述豎直方向上移動;各個所述釋鎖件與各個所述鎖定件之間設置有第二運動轉 換機構,所述第二運動轉換機構用於將各個所述釋鎖件在所述豎直方向上的移動轉換為各個所述鎖定件在橫向方向上的移動,以允許各個所述鎖定件鎖定或者釋鎖所述第一滑動件。 According to one embodiment, each of the releasing members is mounted on the base and is movable in the vertical direction; a second motion conversion mechanism is provided between each of the releasing members and each of the locking members, the second motion conversion mechanism being used to convert the vertical movement of each of the releasing members into horizontal movement of each of the locking members, so as to allow each of the locking members to lock or release the first sliding member.

根據一實施例,所述第二運動轉換機構包括:第二驅動斜槽,設置於所述釋鎖件和所述鎖定件中之一者上;第二驅動銷,設置於所述釋鎖件和所述鎖定件中之另一者上並與所述第二驅動斜槽滑動地配合。 According to one embodiment, the second motion conversion mechanism includes: a second drive groove disposed on one of the releasing member and the locking member; and a second drive pin disposed on the other of the releasing member and the locking member and slidably engaging with the second drive groove.

根據一實施例,所述基座包括容納腔,所述滑道、所述第一滑動件和所述穩定件位於所述容納腔中,所述基座設置有與所述容納腔相通的多個第一穿槽;所述多個連動件的第一端穿過所述多個第一穿槽後與所述第一滑動件樞接;和/或,所述多個支腿上分別安裝有蓋體,各個所述蓋體上設置有第二穿槽;各個所述連動件的第二端穿過所述第二穿槽後與各個所述支腿樞接。 According to one embodiment, the base includes a receiving cavity, in which the slide, the first sliding member, and the stabilizing member are located. The base is provided with a plurality of first through slots communicating with the receiving cavity. The first ends of the plurality of linkages pass through the plurality of first through slots and are hinged to the first sliding member. And/or, each of the plurality of legs is respectively equipped with a cover, and each cover is provided with a second through slot. The second ends of each linkage pass through the second through slots and are hinged to each of the legs.

根據一實施例,所述支架組件安裝於座板上,所述多個支腿構造為相對於所述座板樞轉以使所述椅具在高位狀態和低位狀態之間轉換;所述支架組件還包括腳踏件,所述腳踏件可活動地連接於所述多個支腿,所述腳踏件能夠在第一位置和第二位置之間移動並帶動所述多個支腿樞轉,當所述腳踏件位於所述第一位置時,所述多個支腿展開而使所述椅具處於低位狀態,當所述腳踏件處於所述第二位置時,所述多個支腿收折而使所述椅具處於高位狀態。 According to one embodiment, the support assembly is mounted on the seat plate, and the plurality of support legs are configured to pivot relative to the seat plate to switch the chair between a high position and a low position. The support assembly further includes a footrest movably connected to the plurality of support legs. The footrest is movable between a first position and a second position, causing the plurality of support legs to pivot. When the footrest is in the first position, the plurality of support legs are extended, placing the chair in the low position; when the footrest is in the second position, the plurality of support legs are folded, placing the chair in the high position.

根據一實施例,每一所述支腿設置有第二滑動件,所述第二滑動件與所述腳踏件樞接,使得所述腳踏件能夠與所述第二滑動件一起在所述第一位置和所述第二位置之間滑動。 According to one embodiment, each of the outriggers is provided with a second sliding member, the second sliding member being hinged to the foot pedal, such that the foot pedal can slide together with the second sliding member between the first position and the second position.

根據一實施例,所述收折機構包括:卡合件,可移動地設置於所述多個支腿中之至少一者,所述卡合件能夠在第四鎖定位置和第四釋鎖位置之間切換;卡合孔,設置於所述第二滑動件;當所述收折機構處於鎖定狀態時,所述卡合件處於所述第四鎖定位置,所述卡合件與所述卡合孔卡合以將所述第二滑動件相對於所述支腿鎖定;當所述收折機構處於釋鎖狀態時,所述卡合件處於所述第四釋鎖位置,所述卡合件脫離所述卡合孔。 According to one embodiment, the folding mechanism includes: a locking member movably disposed on at least one of the plurality of legs, the locking member being switchable between a fourth locked position and a fourth unlocked position; and a locking hole disposed on the second sliding member; when the folding mechanism is in the locked state, the locking member is in the fourth locked position, the locking member engaging with the locking hole to lock the second sliding member relative to the legs; when the folding mechanism is in the unlocked state, the locking member is in the fourth unlocked position, the locking member disengaging from the locking hole.

根據一實施例,所述收折機構還包括:驅動件,所述驅動件與所述卡合件中之一者設置有驅動槽,所述驅動件與所述卡合件中之另一者設置有驅動銷,所述驅動槽的延伸方向相對於所述卡合件的移動方向傾斜,所述驅動銷與所述驅動槽插接配合並能夠沿所述驅動槽移動,以驅動所述卡合件在所述第四鎖定位置和所述第四釋鎖位置之間移動。 According to one embodiment, the folding mechanism further includes: a drive member, one of which, and the engaging member, is provided with a drive groove; the other of which, and the drive member, is provided with a drive pin; the extension direction of the drive groove is inclined relative to the movement direction of the engaging member; the drive pin is inserted into the drive groove and is movable along the drive groove to drive the engaging member to move between the fourth locked position and the fourth unlocked position.

根據一實施例,所述收折機構還包括:固定座,固定設置於所述多個支腿中之至少一者;所述固定座設置導向槽,所述導向槽平行於所述驅動件的移動方向延伸,所述驅動銷與所述導向槽插接配合,並能夠沿所述導向槽移動;和/或,收合復位件,適於偏壓所述驅動件以使得所述驅動件驅動所述卡合件移向所述第四鎖定位置。 According to one embodiment, the folding mechanism further includes: a fixing seat, fixedly disposed on at least one of the plurality of legs; the fixing seat having a guide groove extending parallel to the direction of movement of the drive member, the drive pin engaging with the guide groove and movable along the guide groove; and/or, a retraction reset member adapted to bias the drive member such that the drive member drives the engaging member to move toward the fourth locking position.

根據一實施例,所述收折機構還包括:收合操作件,可活動地設置於所述支架組件;以及牽引件,所述牽引件之一端與所述驅動件連接,所述牽引件之另一端與所述收合操作件連接;其中,所述收合操作件能夠被操作以通過所述牽引件帶動所述驅動件移動,以驅動所述卡合件由所述第四鎖定位置移動至所述第四釋鎖位置。 According to one embodiment, the folding mechanism further includes: a folding operation member movably disposed on the bracket assembly; and a traction member, one end of which is connected to the drive member, and the other end of which is connected to the folding operation member; wherein the folding operation member can be operated to move the drive member via the traction member, thereby driving the engaging member to move from the fourth locking position to the fourth unlocking position.

根據一實施例,所述多個支腿具有中空內腔,所述收折機構的至少一部分容納於所述中空內腔;和/或,所述多個支腿中之至少一者設置有第一限位件,所述第一限位件適於與所述第二滑動件抵接以限制所述腳踏件從所述第一位置向上滑動;和/或,所述多個支腿中之至少一者設置有第二限位件,所述第二限位件適於與所述第二滑動件抵接以限制所述腳踏件從所述第二位置向下滑動。 According to one embodiment, the plurality of outriggers have hollow cavities, and at least a portion of the folding mechanism is accommodated within the hollow cavities; and/or, at least one of the plurality of outriggers is provided with a first limiting member adapted to abut against a second sliding member to restrict upward sliding of the foot pedal from the first position; and/or, at least one of the plurality of outriggers is provided with a second limiting member adapted to abut against the second sliding member to restrict downward sliding of the foot pedal from the second position.

根據一實施例,每一所述支腿包括第一支腿和第二支腿,所述第一支腿的一端與所述座板連接,所述第一支腿的另一端與所述第二支腿可拆卸地連接。 According to one embodiment, each of the legs includes a first leg and a second leg, one end of the first leg being connected to the seat plate, and the other end of the first leg being detachably connected to the second leg.

根據一實施例,椅具還包括座椅拆卸機構,所述座椅組件通過所述座椅拆卸機構可拆卸地連接於安裝座,所述座椅拆卸機構包括:卡合孔,設置於所述安裝座;及拆卸鎖定件,設置於所述座椅組件,所述拆卸鎖定件具有卡鉤部並且能夠在第三位置和第四位置之間移動;其中,當所述拆卸鎖定件位於所述第三位置時,所述卡鉤部與所述卡合孔卡合使得所述座椅組件相對於所述安裝座固定,當所述拆卸鎖定件位於所述第四位置時,所述卡鉤部與所述卡合孔解除卡合而使得所述座椅組件能夠相對於所述安裝座分離。 According to one embodiment, the chair further includes a seat removal mechanism, through which the seat assembly is detachably connected to a mounting base. The seat removal mechanism includes: an engaging hole disposed on the mounting base; and a disassembly locking member disposed on the seat assembly. The disassembly locking member has a hook portion and is movable between a third position and a fourth position. When the disassembly locking member is in the third position, the hook portion engages with the engaging hole, fixing the seat assembly relative to the mounting base. When the disassembly locking member is in the fourth position, the hook portion disengages from the engaging hole, allowing the seat assembly to detach from the mounting base.

根據一實施例,所述安裝座設置有連接槽,所述卡合孔設置於所述連接槽的側壁並與所述連接槽連通,所述拆卸鎖定件與所述連接槽插接配合,所述拆卸鎖定件能沿平行於所述連接槽的底壁的方向移動,以實現在所述第三位置和所述第四位置之間移動。 According to one embodiment, the mounting base is provided with a connecting groove, and the engaging hole is located on the side wall of the connecting groove and communicates with the connecting groove. The disassembly locking member is inserted into the connecting groove, and the disassembly locking member can move in a direction parallel to the bottom wall of the connecting groove to move between the third position and the fourth position.

根據一實施例,所述座椅拆卸機構還包括:卡合凹部,設置於所述安裝座;拆卸釋鎖件,可操作地設置於所述座椅組件,所述拆卸釋鎖件具 有卡合凸部,所述拆卸釋鎖件能夠在第六釋鎖位置和第六鎖定位置之間切換;其中,當所述拆卸釋鎖件位於所述第六鎖定位置時,所述卡合凸部能夠與所述卡合凹部卡合以將所述拆卸鎖定件限制在所述第三位置,當所述拆卸釋鎖件位於所述第六釋鎖位置時,所述卡合凸部與所述卡合凹部解除卡合,使得所述拆卸鎖定件能夠在所述第三位置和所述第四位置之間切換;拆卸復位件,所述拆卸復位件適於偏壓所述拆卸釋鎖件以使所述拆卸釋鎖件移向所述第六鎖定位置。 According to one embodiment, the seat removal mechanism further includes: an engaging recess disposed on the mounting base; a release member operably disposed on the seat assembly, the release member having an engaging protrusion, the release member being switchable between a sixth release position and a sixth locking position; wherein, when the release member is in the sixth locking position, the engaging protrusion engages with the engaging recess to restrict the release member to the third position; when the release member is in the sixth release position, the engaging protrusion disengages from the engaging recess, allowing the release member to switch between the third position and the fourth position; and a release repositioning member adapted to bias the release member to move the release member toward the sixth locking position.

根據一實施例,所述座椅組件設置有容納孔,所述拆卸釋鎖件的卡合凸部能夠穿過所述容納孔與所述卡合凹部卡合,所述拆卸釋鎖件的遠離所述卡合凸部的一端設置有操作凹部,所述操作凹部至少部分地伸出所述容納孔。 According to one embodiment, the seat assembly is provided with a receiving hole, and the engaging protrusion of the release mechanism can pass through the receiving hole and engage with the engaging recess. An operating recess is provided at one end of the release mechanism away from the engaging protrusion, and the operating recess at least partially extends out of the receiving hole.

根據一實施例,所述座椅組件設置有第二容納槽,所述拆卸釋鎖件還具有抵接部,所述抵接部的至少一部分容納於所述第二容納槽,所述拆卸復位件容納於所述第二容納槽,且所述拆卸復位件的兩端分別與所述第二容納槽的槽壁及所述抵接部抵接。 According to one embodiment, the seat assembly is provided with a second receiving groove, and the disassembly and release member further has an abutment portion, at least a portion of which is received in the second receiving groove. The disassembly and repositioning member is received in the second receiving groove, and both ends of the disassembly and repositioning member abut against the groove wall of the second receiving groove and the abutment portion, respectively.

根據一實施例,所述支架組件安裝於座板上,所述座板配置有背靠;所述座椅組件包括座椅和背靠部,所述背靠部設置有第一連接件,所述座椅組件通過所述第一連接件與所述背靠可拆卸地連接;當所述座椅組件連接於所述背靠時,所述椅具具有第一使用狀態;當所述座椅組件與所述背靠分離時,所述椅具具有第二使用狀態。 According to one embodiment, the support assembly is mounted on a seat plate, the seat plate being provided with a backrest; the seat assembly includes a seat and a backrest portion, the backrest portion being provided with a first connecting member, and the seat assembly being detachably connected to the backrest via the first connecting member; when the seat assembly is connected to the backrest, the chair has a first usage state; when the seat assembly is separated from the backrest, the chair has a second usage state.

根據一實施例,所述背靠設置有連接孔,所述第一連接件可轉動地設置於所述座椅組件並且能夠在第五鎖定位置和第五釋鎖位置之間切換; 其中,當所述第一連接件位於所述第五釋鎖位置時,所述第一連接件能夠沿所述連接孔的延伸方向移動;所述第一連接件可被轉動至所述第五鎖定位置,當所述第一連接件處於所述第五鎖定位置時,所述座椅組件和第一連接件能夠分別位於所述背靠的兩側且所述第一連接件與所述背靠抵接,以使得所述座椅組件與所述背靠相對固定。 According to one embodiment, the backrest is provided with a connecting hole, and the first connecting member is rotatably disposed on the seat assembly and can switch between a fifth locked position and a fifth unlocked position; wherein, when the first connecting member is in the fifth unlocked position, the first connecting member can move along the extending direction of the connecting hole; the first connecting member can be rotated to the fifth locked position, and when the first connecting member is in the fifth locked position, the seat assembly and the first connecting member can be respectively located on both sides of the backrest, and the first connecting member abuts against the backrest, so that the seat assembly and the backrest are relatively fixed.

根據一實施例,所述背靠部設置有能夠與所述連接孔插接配合的連接凸,所述第一連接件可轉動地連接於所述連接凸;和/或,所述座椅組件的底部設置有第二連接件,所述第二連接件向下延伸並且形成有連接槽,所述第二連接件構造為通過所述連接槽與所述座板卡合。 According to one embodiment, the backrest is provided with a connecting protrusion capable of engaging with the connecting hole, and the first connecting member is rotatably connected to the connecting protrusion; and/or, the bottom of the seat assembly is provided with a second connecting member, the second connecting member extending downward and forming a connecting groove, the second connecting member being configured to engage with the seat plate through the connecting groove.

根據一實施例,所述背靠的背面設置有定位凸,所述第一連接件相應地設置有定位凹,當所述第一連接件位於所述第五鎖定位置時,所述定位凸與所述定位凹卡合;和/或,所述背靠的背離所述座椅組件的一面設置有凹部,當所述第一連接件處於所述第五鎖定位置時,所述第一連接件與所述凹部的底壁抵接。 According to one embodiment, the backrest has a positioning protrusion on its back side, and the first connector has a corresponding positioning recess. When the first connector is in the fifth locking position, the positioning protrusion engages with the positioning recess; and/or, the side of the backrest facing away from the seat assembly has a recess, and when the first connector is in the fifth locking position, the first connector abuts against the bottom wall of the recess.

根據一實施例,所述座椅組件包括座椅和餐盤,所述餐盤通過餐盤調整機構與所述座椅連接,所述餐盤調整機構包括:多個檔位槽,設置於所述座椅的側部;及餐盤釋鎖件,具有卡合部,所述餐盤釋鎖件可移動地設置於所述餐盤並且具有第七鎖定位置和第七釋鎖位置;其中,當所述餐盤釋鎖件位於所述第七鎖定位置時,所述卡合部與所述多個檔位槽中之至少一者卡合以將所述餐盤固定在所述座椅上,當所述餐盤釋鎖件位於所述第七釋鎖位置時,所述卡合部與所述多個檔位槽解除卡合,使得所述餐盤能夠與所述座椅分離或者能夠相對於所述座椅移動。 According to one embodiment, the seat assembly includes a seat and a plate. The plate is connected to the seat via a plate adjustment mechanism. The plate adjustment mechanism includes: a plurality of position slots disposed on the side of the seat; and a plate release mechanism having an engaging portion. The plate release mechanism is movably disposed on the plate and has a seventh locking position and a seventh unlocking position. When the plate release mechanism is in the seventh locking position, the engaging portion engages with at least one of the plurality of position slots to fix the plate to the seat. When the plate release mechanism is in the seventh unlocking position, the engaging portion disengages from the plurality of position slots, allowing the plate to be separated from the seat or to move relative to the seat.

根據一實施例,所述餐盤具有能夠載荷的正面和背離所述正面的背面,所述餐盤釋鎖件設置於所述背面,所述餐盤釋鎖件還具有第二操作部,所述第二操作部凸出於所述卡合部並向遠離所述背面方向延伸;和/或,所述餐盤調整機構還包括調整復位件,所述調整復位件設置於所述餐盤釋鎖件和所述餐盤之間,所述調整復位件適於偏壓所述餐盤釋鎖件以使所述餐盤釋鎖件移向所述第七鎖定位置。 According to one embodiment, the plate has a load-bearing front and a back opposite the front, the plate release mechanism is disposed on the back, and the plate release mechanism also has a second operating portion protruding from the engaging portion and extending away from the back; and/or, the plate adjustment mechanism further includes an adjustment reset member disposed between the plate release mechanism and the plate, the adjustment reset member being adapted to bias the plate release mechanism to move the plate release mechanism toward the seventh locking position.

根據一實施例,所述餐盤和所述餐盤釋鎖件中之一者設置有條形槽,所述餐盤和所述餐盤釋鎖件中之另一者設置有連接銷,所述連接銷與所述條形槽插接配合;和/或,所述餐盤設置有連接板,所述連接板沿著所述椅具的前後方向設置,所述連接板設置孔,所述卡合部能夠穿過所述孔而與所述多個檔位槽卡合或脫離卡合;和/或,所述餐盤還設置有限位部,所述限位部能夠與所述座椅的側部抵接以限制所述餐盤的移動行程。 According to one embodiment, one of the plate and the plate unlocking device is provided with a slot, and the other of the plate and the plate unlocking device is provided with a connecting pin, the connecting pin engaging with the slot; and/or, the plate is provided with a connecting plate, the connecting plate being arranged along the front-to-back direction of the chair, the connecting plate having a hole through which the engaging portion can engage or disengage with the plurality of position slots; and/or, the plate is further provided with a limiting portion, the limiting portion abutting against the side of the seat to limit the travel of the plate.

1000:高腳椅 1000: High Chair

2:高度調整機構 2: Height Adjustment Mechanism

7:收折機構 7: Collection and discounting institutions

100:座椅組件 100: Seat assembly

200:支架組件 200: Bracket assembly

1:座椅 1: Seats

12:餐盤 12: Dinner Plate

13:靠背 13: Backrest

14:腳踏 14: Footsteps

16:安全繫帶 16: Safety Belt

6:支腿 6: Support Legs

5:基座 5: Base

27:支撐座 27: Support base

H1:第一水平方向 H1: First horizontal direction

21:調整件 21: Adjustment component

31:第一軸 31: First Axis

P1、P2、P3、P4:連接點 P1, P2, P3, P4: Connection points

V:豎直方向 V: Vertical direction

G1:第一高度 G1: First Altitude

G2:第二高度 G2: Second Altitude

S1:第一面積 S1: First area

S2:第二面積 S2: Second area

275:第三鎖定件 275: Third locking component

2751:操作部 2751: Operations Department

270:縱向孔 270: Longitudinal hole

50:定位孔 50: Positioning hole

44:第四彈性元件 44: Fourth elastic element

271:支撐件 271: Support component

H2:第二水平方向 H2: Second horizontal direction

211:連接臂 211: Connecting Arm

2111:滑槽 2111: Slide

102:凸柱 102: Convex column

212:側板 212:Side panel

2710:安裝孔 2710: Mounting Hole

28:角度限位機構 28: Angle Limiting Mechanism

281:第一弧形槽 281: First arc-shaped groove

282:彈性伸縮銷 282: Elastic expansion pin

2712:斜面 2712: Incline

22:第一鎖定件 22: First locking element

101:卡槽 101: Card Slot

11:側壁 11: Side wall

23:滑塊 23: Slide

32:第二軸 32: Second Axis

2301、220、2110、150:通孔 2301, 220, 2110, 150: Through holes

230:凹腔 230: Cavity

15:蓋體 15: Cover

151、105、240、50201、5027、124:孔 151, 105, 240, 50201, 5027, 124: Hole

10:容納腔 10: Reception chamber

110:第一長形孔 110: First elongated hole

41:第一彈性元件 41: First elastic element

24:第一驅動件 24: First Drive

F1:外力 F1: External Force

221:第一銷 221: First Sale

2302、250:長形孔 2302, 250: Elongated holes

241:驅動斜面 241: Driving Inclined Surface

25:第一釋鎖件 25: First unlocking device

152:凸塊 152: Bump

252:操作部 252: Operations Department

261:第一牽引件 261: First tractor

242、251:安裝部 242, 251: Installation Department

262:保護套 262: Protective Cover

42:第二彈性元件 42: Second elastic element

71:調節座 71: Adjustable Seat

72:連接件 72: Connectors

33:第三軸 33: Third Axis

721:槽口 721: Groove

61:滑軌 61: Sliding rail

62:鎖槽 62: Lock slot

73:第二鎖定件 73: Second locking element

L:長度方向 L: Length direction

731:第二長形孔 731: Second elongated hole

720:凹槽 720: Groove

74:第二釋鎖件 74: Second unlocking device

75:第二牽引件 75: Second traction component

43:第三彈性元件 43: Third elastic element

711:上殼體 711: Upper Shell

712:下殼體 712: Lower shell

70:內腔 70: Internal cavity

740:第二弧形槽 740: Second arc-shaped groove

M:中心 M: Center

7521:第二銷 7521: Second Selling

741:操作部 741: Operations Department

T:扭矩 T: Torque

751:連動件 751: Linkage

752:第二驅動件 752: Second drive unit

34:第四軸 34: Fourth Axis

35:第五軸 35: Fifth Axis

51:加強片 51: Enhanced tablets

511:樞接座 511: Hub

601:上支腿 601: Upper support leg

602:下支腿 602: Lower support leg

603:支腳 603: Support leg

610:鉤掛部 610: Hook and Hanging Section

8:收納袋 8: Storage Bags

300:支架組件 300: Bracket Assembly

761:第一滑動件 761: First Slider

762:連動件 762: Linkage

100a:底部轉盤 100a: Bottom Turntable

501:上殼體 501: Upper Shell

503:中間殼體 503: Intermediate Shell

502:下殼體 502: Lower shell

5001:容納腔 5001: Reception Cavity

5010、5030、7630、7611:中心孔 5010, 5030, 7630, 7611: Center Hole

50311:立柱部 50311: Column section

5031:滑道 5031: Slide

5032:安裝座 5032: Mounting Socket

50320:樞接孔 50320: Slint hole

625:樞軸 625: Pivot Axis

5021:第一穿槽 5021: First slot

551、552:樞軸 551, 552: Pivot Axis

7610:插槽 7610: Slot

7613:凹部 7613: concave part

623:加固件 623: Firmware Enhancement

622:蓋體 622: Cover

6220:第二穿槽 6220: Second slot

763:穩定件 763: Stable component

766:第一運動轉換機構 766: The First Sports Transformation Institution

405:連接件 405: Connector

X-X:轉動軸線 X-X: Rotation axis

7631:弧形孔 7631: Arc-shaped hole

7612:通孔 7612: Through hole

7660:第一驅動斜槽 7660: First Drive Inclined Slot

7661:第一驅動銷 7661: First Drive Sales

7632:安裝孔 7632: Mounting Hole

767:鎖定件 767: Locking component

H:橫向方向 H: Lateral direction

7614:鎖定部 7614: Locking Unit

76140:鎖定凹部 76140: Locking recess

7671:鎖定凸部 7671: Locking Protrusion

768:釋鎖件 768: Unlocking Device

769:彈性件 769: Elastic component

7680:容納槽 7680: Storage Tank

5025:滑槽 5025: Slide

7662:第二運動轉換機構 7662: Second motion conversion mechanism

76620:第二驅動斜槽 76620: Second drive chute

76621:第二驅動銷 76621: Second Drive Sales

7681:操作部 7681: Operations Department

400:座椅調整裝置 400: Seat adjustment device

5211:容置孔 5211: Receiving Hole

431:第一調整柱 431: First Adjustment Column

432:第二調整柱 432: Second Adjustment Column

433:高度調整機構 433: Height Adjustment Mechanism

435:安裝座 435: Mounting Socket

436:調整座 436: Adjust Seat

437:轉動調整機構 437: Rotation Adjustment Mechanism

4351:上蓋 4351: Top Cover

4352:下蓋 4352: Lower cover

4353:連接管 4353: Connecting to take over

4354:第一容納腔 4354: First Reception Chamber

4337:高度操作件 4337: Height control component

4355:第二容納腔 4355: Second Reception Chamber

4331:高度鎖定件 4331: Height Locking Component

4337:高度操作件 4337: Height control component

4311:中空內腔 4311: Hollow inner cavity

4332:高度驅動件 4332: Height drive component

4333:固定座 4333: Fixed base

4334:第一復位件 4334: First reset component

4336:調整孔 4336: Adjustment Hole

43331:第一部分 43331: Part One

43332:第二部分 43332: Part Two

43337:耳板 43337: Earplate

43336:第一容納槽 43336: First Reception Slot

43338:第一凸柱 43338: First convex pillar

43333:導向槽 43333: Guide slot

4322:凸起 4322: Protrusion

4323:調整管 4323: Adjustment tube

4321:管塞 4321: Pipe plug

4322:凸起 4322: Protrusion

43335:凹槽 43335: Groove

43334:插孔 43334: Socket

4335:第一驅動銷 4335: First Drive Sales

43311:第一卡合端 43311: First card closing end

4312:第一穿出孔 4312: First Exit Hole

43339:第二穿出孔 43339: Second Exit Hole

43321:第一驅動槽 43321: First Drive Slot

D1、D2、D3、D4、D5、D6、D7、D8、D9、D10:移動方向 D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8, D9, D10: Direction of movement

43322:第一復位件容納槽 43322: First reset component receiving slot

4337:高度操作件 4337: Height control component

4338:牽引件 4338: Pulling component

4339:第二復位件 4339: Second reset component

43371:第一操作部 43371: First Operations Department

43372:第一連接部 43372: First Connector

4356:第一穿孔 4356: First perforation

43373:第二復位件容納槽 43373: Second reset component receiving slot

438:防脫出機構 438: Anti-exit mechanism

4381:彈性手指 4381: Elastic Fingers

4382:卡合槽 4382: Snap-fit slot

4361:第一容置槽 4361: First receiving slot

43811:鉤體部 43811: Hook Body

4371:轉動鎖定件 4371: Rotary locking element

4372:轉動操作件 4372: Rotation control component

4373:轉動復位件 4373: Rotation reset component

4374:插槽 4374: Slot

43711:第二卡合端 43711: Second card connection end

4362:第二容置槽 4362: Second receiving slot

4363:第二穿孔 4363: Second perforation

R-R:樞轉軸 R-R: Rotary shaft

4364:連接孔 4364: Connecting hole

43723:連接柱 43723: Connecting Post

43721:第二驅動面 43721: Second drive surface

43722:插接部 43722: Connector

43713:插接槽 43713: Connector slot

43712:第一驅動面 43712: First Drive Surface

43714:第三復位件容納槽 43714: Third reset component receiving slot

500:座椅拆卸機構 500: Seat Removal Mechanism

111:座部 111: Seat section

112:背靠部 112: Backrest section

113:側部 113: Side

541:拆卸鎖定件 541: Disassembly of the locking component

542:拆卸釋鎖件 542: Disassemble the release mechanism

543:拆卸復位件 543: Disassembly of the reset component

544:卡合孔 544: Engagement Hole

545:卡合凹部 545: Engagement recess

4358:連接槽 4358: Connecting slot

5411:卡鉤部 5411: Hook section

5412:基體 5412: Matrix

5421:卡合凸部 5421: Engaging protrusion

1014:容納孔 1014: Accommodation aperture

5422:操作凹部 5422: Operation recess

1113:止擋件 1113: Stopper

1031:止擋部 1031: Stop section

1032:支撐部 1032: Support Unit

10311:安裝槽 10311: Mounting Slot

1015:第二容納槽 1015: Second Reception Slot

5423:抵接部 5423:Butt part

5424:第二凸柱 5424: Second convex pillar

12A:餐盤調整機構 12A: Plate Adjustment Mechanism

115:扶手部 115: Handrail section

1251:餐盤釋鎖件 1251: Plate Unlock Device

1252:調整復位件 1252: Adjustment and reset component

1253:檔位槽 1253: Gear slot

121:正面 121: Front

122:背面 122: Back view

123:連接板 123: Connector Board

125:限位部 125: Limiting part

126:加強肋板 126: Reinforced Ribs

12511:卡合部 12511: Kahebu

12512:第二操作部 12512: Second Operations Department

1513:條形槽 1513: Groove

127:連接銷 127: Connecting pin

2000:椅具本體 2000: Chair Body

1131:止擋部 1131: Stop section

1132:支撐部 1132: Support Unit

822:座板 822: Seat Plate

825:背靠 825: Backrest

800:座椅拆卸機構 800: Seat Removal Mechanism

831:第一連接件 831: First Connector

832:第二連接件 832: Second Connector

Q1:縱向方向 Q1: Vertical direction

Q2:橫向方向 Q2: Horizontal direction

8251:連接孔 8251: Connecting hole

8252:正面 8252: Front

8253:背面 8253: Back side

N:縱向方向 N: Longitudinal direction

104:連接凸 104: Connecting Protrusion

8254:定位凸 8254: Positioning convexity

8311:定位凹 8311: Positioning recess

8255:凹部 8255: concave part

8321:連接槽 8321: Connecting slot

6212:支腿座 6212: Support Legs

6213:腳踏件 6213: Foot pedal component

6214:第二滑動件 6214: Second Slider

6214:第二滑動件 6214: Second Slider

62131:加強件 62131: Reinforcing component

6215:第一限位件 6215: First limiting component

6216:第二限位件 6216: Second limiting component

62113:連接關節 62113: Connecting joints

62114:安裝件 62114: Installer

62122:關節容納槽 62122: Joint receiving slot

62123:限位孔 62123: Limiting hole

621141:限位凸部 621141: Limiting convex part

62115:中空內腔 62115: Hollow inner cavity

923:收折機構 923: Collection and Discount Agency

9231:卡合件 9231: Card Assembly

9232:驅動件 9232: Driver

9233:固定座 9233: Fixed base

9234:收合復位件 9234: Retraction and repositioning component

9235:收合操作件 9235: Closing/Retracting Operation Component

9236:牽引件 9236: Pulling component

92331:導向槽 92331: Guide slot

92332:第一容置槽 92332: First receiving slot

9237:驅動銷 9237: Drive Selling

9239:驅動槽 9239: Drive bay

M1、M2:移動方向 M1, M2: Direction of movement

92311:卡合端 92311: Card-connected end

62116:穿出孔 62116: Through hole

9238:卡合孔 9238: Engagement Hole

92333:第二容置槽 92333: Second receiving slot

92321:凸台 92321: convex platform

8221:第一座板 8221: First Seat

8222:第二座板 8222: Second seat plate

82211:第一容納槽 82211: First Reception Slot

826:連接桿 826: Connecting rod

82212:第一側壁 82212: First sidewall

82213:第二側壁 82213: Second side wall

62124:轉動連接部 62124: Rotating Connector

82223:開口 82223: Open

924:轉動調整機構 924: Rotation Adjustment Mechanism

9241:定位件 9241: Positioning component

9242:定位復位件 9242: Positioning and Resetting Component

9243:定位操作件 9243: Positioning manipulator

9244:第一定位槽 9244: First positioning slot

9245:第二定位槽 9245: Second positioning slot

92411:定位部 92411: Positioning Department

9249:緊固件 9249: Fasteners

92412:定位連接部 92412: Positioning Connector

92413:第三容置槽 92413: Third Reception Slot

92441:凸柱 92441: Convex column

62121:定位肋 62121: Positioning Rib

92431:保持肋 92431: Maintain Ribs

62121a:抵接端部 62121a: Abutment end

62121b:傾斜面 62121b: Inclined plane

62121c:限位端部 62121c: Limiting end

6217:滾輪 6217: Roller

62171:第一斜面 62171: First inclined plane

82214:第二斜面 82214:Second slope

圖1繪示本發明一實施例所提供的高腳椅之立體圖,其中高腳椅應用有高度調整機構和收折機構。 Figure 1 shows a perspective view of a high chair provided in an embodiment of the present invention, wherein the high chair incorporates a height adjustment mechanism and a folding mechanism.

圖2繪示圖1的高腳椅之局部主視圖,其中高度調整機構將座椅支撐於一個高度。 Figure 2 shows a partial front view of the high chair in Figure 1, where the height adjustment mechanism supports the seat at a certain height.

圖3繪示圖1的高腳椅之局部主視圖,其中高度調整機構將座椅支撐於另一個高度。 Figure 3 shows a partial front view of the high chair in Figure 1, where a height adjustment mechanism supports the seat at another height.

圖4繪示圖1的高腳椅之後視立體圖。 Figure 4 shows a rear perspective view of the high chair in Figure 1.

圖5繪示圖2的高腳椅之U1-U1剖視圖。 Figure 5 shows a cross-sectional view along line U1-U1 of the high chair in Figure 2.

圖6繪示圖5的高腳椅之U2-U2剖視圖。 Figure 6 shows a cross-sectional view along line U2-U2 of the high chair in Figure 5.

圖7繪示圖1的高腳椅的調整件之立體圖。 Figure 7 shows a three-dimensional view of the adjustment mechanism of the high chair in Figure 1.

圖8繪示圖1的高腳椅的支撐座之立體圖。 Figure 8 shows a three-dimensional view of the support base of the high chair in Figure 1.

圖9繪示圖1的高腳椅的座椅之仰視立體圖。 Figure 9 shows a bottom-view perspective of the seat of the high chair in Figure 1.

圖10繪示圖1的高腳椅的第一鎖定件和第一驅動件之立體圖。 Figure 10 shows a three-dimensional view of the first locking component and the first driving component of the high chair in Figure 1.

圖11繪示圖1的高腳椅的高度調整機構的部分部件之立體圖。 Figure 11 shows a three-dimensional view of some components of the height adjustment mechanism of the high chair in Figure 1.

圖12繪示圖1的高腳椅之仰視立體圖。 Figure 12 shows a three-dimensional view of the high chair in Figure 1 from below.

圖13繪示圖1的高腳椅的一個方向之部分分解圖。 Figure 13 shows a partial exploded view of the high chair in Figure 1 from one direction.

圖14繪示圖1的高腳椅的另一個方向之部分分解圖。 Figure 14 shows a partial exploded view of the high chair in Figure 1 from another direction.

圖15繪示圖1的高腳椅之立體圖,其中收折機構將基座支撐於一個高度。 Figure 15 shows a three-dimensional view of the high chair in Figure 1, where a folding mechanism supports the base at a certain height.

圖16繪示圖1的高腳椅之立體圖,其中收折機構將基座支撐於另一個高度。 Figure 16 shows a three-dimensional view of the high chair in Figure 1, where a folding mechanism supports the base at another height.

圖17繪示圖16的高腳椅之仰視立體圖。 Figure 17 shows a three-dimensional view of the high chair in Figure 16 from below.

圖18繪示圖16的高腳椅的支架組件之U3-U3剖視圖,其中支架組件處於打開狀態。 Figure 18 shows a U3-U3 sectional view of the support assembly of the high chair in Figure 16, with the support assembly in the open position.

圖19繪示圖18的支架組件處於收合狀態之剖視圖。 Figure 19 shows a cross-sectional view of the support assembly in Figure 18 in its folded state.

圖20繪示圖1的高腳椅的支架組件的部分零件之俯視立體圖,其中第二鎖定件與對應的鎖槽卡接。 Figure 20 shows a top perspective view of some parts of the support assembly of the high chair in Figure 1, wherein the second locking member engages with the corresponding locking groove.

圖21繪示圖1的高腳椅的支架組件的部分零件之俯視立體圖,其中第二鎖定件與對應的鎖槽脫離卡接。 Figure 21 shows a top perspective view of some parts of the support assembly of the high chair in Figure 1, wherein the second locking member is disengaged from and engaged with the corresponding locking groove.

圖22繪示圖1的高腳椅之立體圖,其中各個支腿的下支腿已拆卸。 Figure 22 shows a three-dimensional view of the high chair in Figure 1, with the lower legs of each support leg removed.

圖23繪示本發明一實施例所提供的載具之立體圖,所述載具具有支腿收折結構,支腿收折結構處於展開狀態。 Figure 23 shows a perspective view of a vehicle provided in an embodiment of the present invention, the vehicle having a folding leg structure in the deployed state.

圖24繪示圖23中的支腿收折結構之U4-U4剖視圖。 Figure 24 shows a U4-U4 sectional view of the folded-back structure of the legs in Figure 23.

圖25繪示圖23的載具之又一立體圖,其中支腿收折結構處於收折狀態。 Figure 25 shows another perspective view of the vehicle of Figure 23, with the outriggers folded down in the folded-down state.

圖26繪示圖25中的支腿收折結構之U5-U5剖視圖。 Figure 26 shows a U5-U5 sectional view of the folded-back structure of the legs in Figure 25.

圖27繪示圖23中的支腿收折結構之分解圖。 Figure 27 shows an exploded view of the folded-down leg structure in Figure 23.

圖28繪示圖23中的支腿收折結構之俯視圖,圖中省略了基座。 Figure 28 shows a top view of the folded-back structure of the legs in Figure 23; the base is omitted in the figure.

圖29繪示圖23中的支腿收折結構之側視圖。 Figure 29 shows a side view of the folded-back structure of the legs in Figure 23.

圖30繪示圖29之U6-U6剖視圖,圖中省略了穩定件。 Figure 30 shows a sectional view of U6-U6 in Figure 29, with the stabilizer omitted.

圖31繪示圖27中的鎖定件、釋鎖件和彈性件組裝在一起之立體圖。 Figure 31 shows a three-dimensional view of the locking, releasing, and elastic components of Figure 27 assembled together.

圖32繪示圖27中的鎖定件、釋鎖件和彈性件組裝在一起之又一立體圖。 Figure 32 shows another three-dimensional view of the locking, releasing, and elastic components of Figure 27 assembled together.

圖33繪示本發明一實施例所提供的兒童座椅之結構示意圖。 Figure 33 is a schematic diagram illustrating the structure of a child seat provided in an embodiment of the present invention.

圖34繪示圖33中的兒童座椅調高後之結構示意圖。 Figure 34 shows a schematic diagram of the child seat in Figure 33 after it has been adjusted to a higher position.

圖35繪示圖34中的兒童座椅之左視圖。 Figure 35 shows a left view of the child seat in Figure 34.

圖36繪示圖35中的兒童座椅沿U7-U7之剖視圖。 Figure 36 shows a cross-sectional view of the child seat in Figure 35 along U7-U7.

圖37繪示圖36的A處之放大圖。 Figure 37 shows an enlarged view of point A in Figure 36.

圖38繪示圖37的B處之放大圖。 Figure 38 shows an enlarged view of point B in Figure 37.

圖39繪示本發明一實施例所提供的支架組件和第二調整柱之結構示意圖。 Figure 39 shows a schematic diagram of the structure of the support assembly and the second adjusting column provided in one embodiment of the present invention.

圖40繪示圖39的C處之放大圖。 Figure 40 shows an enlarged view of point C in Figure 39.

圖41繪示本發明一實施例所提供的安裝座之結構示意圖。 Figure 41 is a schematic diagram illustrating the structure of the mounting base provided in one embodiment of the present invention.

圖42繪示本發明一實施例所提供的高度調整機構和第一調整柱之結構示意圖。 Figure 42 is a schematic diagram illustrating the structure of the height adjustment mechanism and the first adjustment column provided in an embodiment of the present invention.

圖43繪示圖42中隱去固定座後之結構示意圖。 Figure 43 shows a schematic diagram of the structure in Figure 42 with the mounting bracket hidden.

圖44繪示圖41之分解圖。 Figure 44 shows an exploded view of Figure 41.

圖45繪示圖34中的兒童座椅之正視圖。 Figure 45 shows a front view of the child seat in Figure 34.

圖46繪示圖45中的兒童座椅沿U8-U8之剖視圖。 Figure 46 shows a cross-sectional view of the child seat in Figure 45 along U8-U8.

圖47繪示圖45中的兒童座椅沿U9-U9之剖視圖。 Figure 47 shows a cross-sectional view of the child seat in Figure 45 along U9-U9.

圖48繪示本發明一實施例所提供的調整座之結構示意圖。 Figure 48 shows a schematic diagram of the structure of the adjustment base provided in one embodiment of the present invention.

圖49繪示本發明一實施例所提供的轉動調整機構之分解圖。 Figure 49 shows an exploded view of the rotation adjustment mechanism provided in an embodiment of the present invention.

圖50繪示本發明一實施例所提供的座椅組件之結構示意圖。 Figure 50 shows a schematic diagram of the structure of a seat assembly provided in one embodiment of the present invention.

圖51繪示本發明一實施例所提供的支架組件和座椅調整裝置之結構示意圖。 Figure 51 is a schematic diagram illustrating the structure of the support assembly and seat adjustment device provided in an embodiment of the present invention.

圖52繪示圖45中的兒童座椅在其中一個拆卸鎖定件處之剖視圖。 Figure 52 shows a cross-sectional view of the child seat in Figure 45 at one of the disassembled locking components.

圖53繪示圖45中的兒童座椅沿U8-U8之局部剖視圖。 Figure 53 shows a partial sectional view of the child seat in Figure 45 along line U8-U8.

圖54繪示圖53的D處之放大圖。 Figure 54 shows an enlarged view of point D in Figure 53.

圖55繪示圖34中的兒童座椅在另一個視角下之結構示意圖。 Figure 55 shows a structural schematic of the child seat in Figure 34 from another viewpoint.

圖56繪示圖55的E處之放大圖。 Figure 56 shows an enlarged view of point E in Figure 55.

圖57繪示圖55中的餐盤之結構示意圖及其部分結構之放大圖。 Figure 57 shows a schematic diagram of the structure of the plate in Figure 55, and an enlarged view of some of its components.

圖58繪示圖55中的座椅之結構示意圖。 Figure 58 shows a schematic diagram of the structure of the seat in Figure 55.

圖59繪示本發明一實施例所提供的兒童座椅處於第一使用模式之結構示意圖。 Figure 59 illustrates a schematic diagram of the child seat provided in an embodiment of the present invention in its first usage mode.

圖60繪示本發明一實施例所提供的兒童座椅處於第二使用模式之結構示意圖。 Figure 60 illustrates a schematic diagram of the child seat provided in an embodiment of the present invention in its second usage mode.

圖61繪示本發明一實施例所提供的兒童座椅處於第三使用模式之結構示意圖。 Figure 61 is a schematic diagram illustrating the structure of a child seat provided in an embodiment of the present invention in its third usage mode.

圖62繪示本發明一實施例所提供的兒童座椅處於第四使用模式之結構示意圖。 Figure 62 illustrates a schematic diagram of the child seat provided in an embodiment of the present invention in its fourth usage mode.

圖63繪示圖59中的兒童座椅之局部分解圖。 Figure 63 shows a partial exploded view of the child seat in Figure 59.

圖64繪示圖59中的兒童座椅之後視圖以及第一連接件處之放大圖,其中座椅拆卸機構處於釋鎖狀態。 Figure 64 shows a rear view of the child seat in Figure 59 and an enlarged view of the first connecting part, with the seat removal mechanism in the unlocked state.

圖65繪示圖59中的兒童座椅之後視圖以及第一連接件處之放大圖,其中座椅拆卸機構處於鎖定狀態。 Figure 65 shows a rear view of the child seat in Figure 59 and an enlarged view of the first connecting part, with the seat removal mechanism in the locked position.

圖66繪示本發明一實施例所提供的第一連接件之結構示意圖。 Figure 66 is a schematic diagram illustrating the structure of the first connector provided in an embodiment of the present invention.

圖67繪示圖59中的兒童座椅之右側視圖以及第二連接件處之放大圖。 Figure 67 shows a right-side view of the child seat in Figure 59 and an enlarged view of the second connector.

圖68繪示圖59中的兒童座椅之剖視圖以及支腿與支腿座連接處之放大圖,其中收合鎖定機構處於鎖定狀態。 Figure 68 shows a cross-sectional view of the child seat in Figure 59 and an enlarged view of the connection between the leg and the leg seat, with the folding and locking mechanism in the locked state.

圖69繪示圖68中的F處之放大圖。 Figure 69 shows an enlarged view of point F in Figure 68.

圖70繪示圖59中的兒童座椅之剖視圖,其中收合鎖定機構處於釋鎖狀態。 Figure 70 shows a cross-sectional view of the child seat in Figure 59, with the folding locking mechanism in the unlocked state.

圖71繪示圖70中的J處之放大圖。 Figure 71 shows an enlarged view of point J in Figure 70.

圖72繪示圖59中的兒童座椅在另一視角下之結構示意圖。 Figure 72 shows a structural schematic of the child seat in Figure 59 from another viewpoint.

圖73繪示本發明一實施例所提供的椅具本體省去第一座板時之結構示意圖以及支腿座處和第二座板處之放大圖。 Figure 73 shows a schematic diagram of the chair body provided in an embodiment of the present invention with the first seat board omitted, as well as enlarged views of the leg support and the second seat board.

圖74繪示本發明一實施例所提供的第一座板之結構示意圖。 Figure 74 shows a schematic diagram of the structure of the first base plate provided in an embodiment of the present invention.

圖75繪示本發明一實施例所提供的椅具本體之剖視圖、轉動調整機構處之放大圖、以及第一座板和第二座板的連接處之放大圖。 Figure 75 shows a cross-sectional view of the chair body provided in an embodiment of the present invention, an enlarged view of the rotation adjustment mechanism, and an enlarged view of the connection between the first seat plate and the second seat plate.

圖76繪示本發明一實施例所提供的椅具本體省去定位操作件時之結構示意圖以及用於連接定位操作件處之放大圖。 Figure 76 illustrates a schematic diagram of the chair body provided in an embodiment of the present invention with the positioning operation member omitted, and an enlarged view of the part used to connect the positioning operation member.

圖77繪示本發明一實施例所提供的定位操作件之結構示意圖。 Figure 77 is a schematic diagram illustrating the structure of a positioning actuator provided in an embodiment of the present invention.

第一實施例 First Implementation Example

參見圖1,為繪示本發明一實施例所提供的椅具(更具體地高腳椅1000)的立體圖,其應用有本發明一實施例所提供的高度調整機構2和收折機構7,下文對高腳椅1000的結構進行說明時,將一並說明高度調整機構2和收折機構7的結構。 Referring to Figure 1, a perspective view of a chair (more specifically, a high chair 1000) provided in an embodiment of the present invention is shown. It utilizes a height adjustment mechanism 2 and a folding mechanism 7 provided in an embodiment of the present invention. The structures of the height adjustment mechanism 2 and the folding mechanism 7 will be described in conjunction with the structure of the high chair 1000 described below.

參見圖1,高腳椅1000包括座椅組件100和支架組件200,座椅組件100附接至支架組件200。座椅組件100為兒童提供乘坐位置,支架組件200用於將座椅組件100支撐於一定高度。座椅組件100和支架組件200中之至少一者的高度可調整,使得高腳椅1000的高度可調整,以適應家中不同的桌面高度。 Referring to Figure 1, the high chair 1000 includes a seat assembly 100 and a support assembly 200, with the seat assembly 100 attached to the support assembly 200. The seat assembly 100 provides a seating position for a child, and the support assembly 200 supports the seat assembly 100 at a certain height. The height of at least one of the seat assembly 100 and the support assembly 200 is adjustable, allowing the high chair 1000 to be adjusted to accommodate different table heights in the home.

參見圖1,座椅組件100包括座椅1。座椅1具有供兒童乘坐的表面。在一些實施例中,座椅1可以選擇性地配置餐盤12、靠背13、腳踏14、安全繫帶16等。支架組件200包括基座5和多個支腿6,多個支腿6的上端與基座5 樞接,多個支腿6的下端由地面支撐。需要說明的是,支架組件200的多個支腿6的數量並不局限於圖示的四個,在替代實施例中,其例如可以為三個或者更多個。另外,在一些替代實施例中,多個支腿6可以兩個一組地通過同一樞軸與基座5樞接。另外,在替代實施例中,多個支腿6的上端與基座5的連接方式也不限於樞接,例如,各個支腿6的上端與基座5滑動地連接而能夠沿水平方向伸出或者縮回。 Referring to Figure 1, the seat assembly 100 includes a seat 1. The seat 1 has a surface for a child to sit on. In some embodiments, the seat 1 may be optionally equipped with a tray 12, a backrest 13, a footrest 14, a safety harness 16, etc. The support assembly 200 includes a base 5 and multiple legs 6, the upper ends of which are hinged to the base 5, and the lower ends of which are supported by the ground. It should be noted that the number of legs 6 in the support assembly 200 is not limited to the four shown in the figure; in alternative embodiments, there may be three or more. In addition, in some alternative embodiments, the multiple legs 6 may be hinged to the base 5 in pairs via the same pivot. Furthermore, in alternative embodiments, the connection between the upper ends of the multiple legs 6 and the base 5 is not limited to hinged connections. For example, the upper ends of each leg 6 may be slidably connected to the base 5, allowing them to extend or retract horizontally.

參見圖1,座椅1通過高度調整機構2間接地安裝在基座5上,使得座椅組件100由支架組件200支撐。當然,座椅組件100與支架組件200的安裝方式不限於上述例舉。例如,在一些替代實施例中,座椅組件100可以省略高度調整機構2,座椅1例如直接與基座5可相對旋轉地連接,或者,座椅1直接與基座5固定連接。在一些替代實施例中,還可以進一步省略基座5,多個支腿6的上端直接與座椅1連接。 Referring to Figure 1, the seat 1 is indirectly mounted on the base 5 via a height adjustment mechanism 2, such that the seat assembly 100 is supported by the bracket assembly 200. Of course, the mounting method of the seat assembly 100 and the bracket assembly 200 is not limited to the example described above. For example, in some alternative embodiments, the height adjustment mechanism 2 may be omitted from the seat assembly 100; the seat 1 may be directly rotatably connected to the base 5, or the seat 1 may be directly fixedly connected to the base 5. In some alternative embodiments, the base 5 may be further omitted, and the upper ends of the multiple support legs 6 may be directly connected to the seat 1.

實現高腳椅1000的高度調整的方式有很多種。例如,在一些未示的實施例中,各個支腿6本身的長度可伸縮,使得支架組件200的高度可調整,進而使得高腳椅1000的高度可調整。更具體地,各個支腿6例如包括依次套接的至少兩個伸縮腿以及用於釋鎖或鎖定這些伸縮腿的相對移動的鎖定機構。當需要調整高腳椅1000的高度時,釋鎖伸縮腿並將伸縮腿的長度調整至期望的長度後再次鎖定即可。 There are many ways to adjust the height of the high chair 1000. For example, in some embodiments not shown, the length of each leg 6 is retractable, making the height of the support assembly 200 adjustable, and thus the height of the high chair 1000 adjustable. More specifically, each leg 6 includes, for example, at least two telescopic legs that are sequentially nested together, and a locking mechanism for releasing or locking the relative movement of these telescopic legs. When the height of the high chair 1000 needs to be adjusted, the telescopic legs are released, their lengths adjusted to the desired length, and then locked again.

繼續參見圖1,在一些實施例中,可以利用高度調整機構2來調整座椅1的高度,進而調整高腳椅1000的高度。高度調整機構2可以包括支撐座27、在第一水平方向H1相對設置的兩個調整件21,以及上述的座椅(也可以稱為活動件)1。各個調整件21的上端與座椅1活動地連接,各個調整件21的下端 通過第一軸31與支撐座27樞接,支撐座27通過兩個調整件21支撐座椅1。第一軸31的軸向垂直於第一水平方向H1。圖1所示的實施例中,支撐座27可轉動地安裝在基座5上。通過控制支撐座27相對於基座5旋轉,可以容易地調整座椅1的面向,而無需整體挪動高腳椅1000。在一些替代實施例中,可以將基座5作為與各個調整件21樞接的支撐座27,也即,基座5和支撐座27是一體件而彼此固定。在一些實施例中,基座5和支撐座27例如是一體成型件,高度調整機構2相應地可以不在基座5之外額外設置單獨的支撐座27。 Referring again to Figure 1, in some embodiments, the height of the seat 1 can be adjusted using the height adjustment mechanism 2, thereby adjusting the height of the high chair 1000. The height adjustment mechanism 2 may include a support base 27, two adjusting members 21 disposed opposite each other in the first horizontal direction H1, and the aforementioned seat (also referred to as a movable member) 1. The upper end of each adjusting member 21 is movably connected to the seat 1, and the lower end of each adjusting member 21 is hinged to the support base 27 via a first shaft 31. The support base 27 supports the seat 1 via the two adjusting members 21. The axis of the first shaft 31 is perpendicular to the first horizontal direction H1. In the embodiment shown in Figure 1, the support base 27 is rotatably mounted on the base 5. By controlling the rotation of the support 27 relative to the base 5, the orientation of the seat 1 can be easily adjusted without moving the entire high chair 1000. In some alternative embodiments, the base 5 can serve as the support 27 connected to each adjusting element 21; that is, the base 5 and the support 27 are a single piece fixed to each other. In some embodiments, the base 5 and the support 27 are, for example, integrally molded, and the height adjustment mechanism 2 can accordingly eliminate the need for a separate support 27 outside the base 5.

參見圖2和圖3所示的高腳椅1000之局部主視圖。兩個調整件21的上端與座椅1的連接處形成兩個連接點P1和P2,連接點P1對應於一個調整件21與座椅1的連接點,連接點P2對應於另一個調整件21與座椅1的連接點。通過控制兩個調整件21繞對應的第一軸31轉動,兩個連接點P1和P2相對於各自對應的調整件21的位置沒有變化,但是兩個連接點P1和P2相對於各自對應的座椅1的位置發生了改變。更具體地,位於兩個調整件21的上端的兩個連接點P1和P2在第一水平方向H1上沿著座椅1彼此相背離或者相靠近。隨著各個調整件21的轉動,各個調整件21與座椅1的連接點P1和P2的位置在豎直方向V上會相應地升高或者降低,從而升高或者降低座椅1。在一些實施例中,兩個調整件21繞對應的第一軸31轉動的過程中,兩個調整件21的上端之間的距離總是小於下端之間的距離。也即,兩個調整件21以拱形姿態支撐座椅1,為座椅1提供可靠支撐。此時,當兩個調整件21的上端相背離時,座椅1升高;當兩個調整件21的上端相靠近時,座椅1下降。 See Figures 2 and 3 for a partial front view of the high chair 1000. The upper ends of the two adjusting members 21 connect to the seat 1 at two connection points P1 and P2. Connection point P1 corresponds to the connection point between one adjusting member 21 and the seat 1, and connection point P2 corresponds to the connection point between the other adjusting member 21 and the seat 1. By controlling the rotation of the two adjusting members 21 around their corresponding first axes 31, the positions of the two connection points P1 and P2 relative to their respective adjusting members 21 remain unchanged, but their positions relative to their respective seats 1 change. More specifically, the two connection points P1 and P2 located at the upper ends of the two adjusting members 21 are either opposite to or close to each other along the seat 1 in the first horizontal direction H1. As each adjusting member 21 rotates, the positions of the connection points P1 and P2 between each adjusting member 21 and the seat 1 rise or fall accordingly in the vertical direction V, thereby raising or lowering the seat 1. In some embodiments, during the rotation of two adjusting members 21 around their corresponding first axes 31, the distance between the upper ends of the two adjusting members 21 is always less than the distance between their lower ends. That is, the two adjusting members 21 support the seat 1 in an arched posture, providing reliable support for the seat 1. At this time, when the upper ends of the two adjusting members 21 are opposite to each other, the seat 1 rises; when the upper ends of the two adjusting members 21 are close together, the seat 1 falls.

繼續參見圖2和圖3,在一些實施例中,座椅1相對於支撐座27具有第一高度G1和第二高度G2,第一高度G1大於第二高度G2。座椅1相對於支撐 座27的高度以調整件21與座椅1的連接處相對於第一軸31的豎直距離作為參考。當座椅1處於第一高度G1時,支撐座27、座椅1、兩個調整件21彼此之間的連接點P1、P2、P3、P4限定出第一面積S1(圖2中用虛線圍出第一面積S1)。如上所述,兩個連接點P1和P2形成於座椅1和兩個調整件21的連接處。連接點P3和P4形成於支撐座27和兩個調整件21的連接處。在一些實施例中,兩個第一軸31對應於連接點P3和P4。當座椅1處於第二高度G2時,支撐座27、座椅1、兩個調整件21彼此之間的連接點P1~P4限定出第二面積S2(圖3中用虛線圍出第二面積S2)。第一面積S1大於第二面積S2。也即,當座椅1相對於支撐座27的高度降低時,支撐座27、座椅1、兩個調整件21彼此之間的連接點P1、P2、P3、P4限定出的面積有減小的趨勢。反之,當座椅1相對於支撐座27的高度升高時,支撐座27、座椅1、兩個調整件21彼此之間的連接點P1、P2、P3、P4限定出的面積有增大的趨勢。 Referring again to Figures 2 and 3, in some embodiments, the seat 1 has a first height G1 and a second height G2 relative to the support 27, where the first height G1 is greater than the second height G2. The height of the seat 1 relative to the support 27 is referenced to the vertical distance between the connection point of the adjusting member 21 and the seat 1 and the first axis 31. When the seat 1 is at the first height G1, the connection points P1, P2, P3, and P4 between the support 27, the seat 1, and the two adjusting members 21 define a first area S1 (the first area S1 is outlined by dashed lines in Figure 2). As described above, the two connection points P1 and P2 are formed at the connection point between the seat 1 and the two adjusting members 21. Connection points P3 and P4 are formed at the connection point between the support 27 and the two adjusting members 21. In some embodiments, the two first axes 31 correspond to connection points P3 and P4. When the seat 1 is at the second height G2, the connection points P1~P4 between the support 27, the seat 1, and the two adjusting members 21 define a second area S2 (the second area S2 is enclosed by dashed lines in Figure 3). The first area S1 is larger than the second area S2. That is, when the height of the seat 1 relative to the support 27 decreases, the area defined by the connection points P1, P2, P3, and P4 between the support 27, the seat 1, and the two adjusting members 21 tends to decrease. Conversely, when the height of seat 1 relative to support 27 increases, the area defined by the connection points P1, P2, P3, and P4 between support 27, seat 1, and the two adjusting members 21 tends to increase.

需要說明的是,在一些替代實施例中,在控制兩個調整件21繞對應的第一軸31轉動時,兩個連接點P1和P2相對於各自對應的座椅1的位置沒有改變,但是兩個連接點P1和P2相對於各自對應的調整件21的位置發生改變,這樣也能升高或者降低座椅1。 It should be noted that in some alternative embodiments, when controlling the two adjusting members 21 to rotate around the corresponding first axis 31, the positions of the two connection points P1 and P2 relative to their respective seats 1 do not change, but the positions of the two connection points P1 and P2 relative to their respective adjusting members 21 change, thus raising or lowering the seat 1.

參見圖4和圖5,圖4繪示高腳椅1000之後視立體圖,圖5是圖2所示的高腳椅1000之U1-U1剖視圖。高腳椅1000還可以包括用於鎖定支撐座27和基座5的相對位置的轉動調整機構。在一些實施例中,轉動調整機構包括第三鎖定件275,避免座椅1在兒童用餐時任意轉動。在一些實施例中,第三鎖定件275可在豎直方向V移動地安裝在支撐座27上,第三鎖定件275具有外凸的操作部2751,支撐座27具有供操作部2751穿出的縱向孔270。基座5沿周向設置有一 個、兩個或者更多個定位孔50,多個定位孔50例如在周向上均勻布置,各個定位孔50的軸向平行於豎直方向V。當第三鎖定件275插入一個定位孔50時,即將支撐座27鎖定於一位置。當需要調整座椅1的面向時,將第三鎖定件275向上提直至退出當前插入的定位孔50,然後轉動座椅1到合適位置,再將第三鎖定件275插入另一個定位孔50即可。在一些替代實施例中,第三鎖定件275和定位孔50在支撐座27和基座5上的位置可以互換。在一些替代實施例中,第三鎖定件275可以在水平方向上移動,以插入或者退出水平延伸的定位孔50。需要說明的是,在一些替代實施例中,支撐座27與座椅1之間可以不設置上述的調整件21,支撐座27例如與座椅1為一體,或者支撐座27例如採用螺釘、鉚釘、卡接等方式附接至座椅1。此時,高腳椅1000同樣可以配置第三鎖定件275,以允許座椅1相對於基座5的周向位置可調。 Referring to Figures 4 and 5, Figure 4 shows a rear perspective view of the high chair 1000, and Figure 5 is a U1-U1 sectional view of the high chair 1000 shown in Figure 2. The high chair 1000 may also include a rotation adjustment mechanism for locking the relative positions of the support 27 and the base 5. In some embodiments, the rotation adjustment mechanism includes a third locking member 275 to prevent the seat 1 from rotating arbitrarily while the child is eating. In some embodiments, the third locking member 275 is movably mounted on the support 27 in the vertical direction V, and the third locking member 275 has an outwardly protruding operating portion 2751, and the support 27 has a longitudinal hole 270 through which the operating portion 2751 passes. The base 5 has one, two, or more positioning holes 50 arranged circumferentially. These positioning holes 50 are, for example, evenly distributed circumferentially, with the axis of each positioning hole 50 parallel to the vertical direction V. When the third locking member 275 is inserted into a positioning hole 50, the support 27 is locked in a position. When the orientation of the seat 1 needs to be adjusted, the third locking member 275 is lifted upwards until it exits the currently inserted positioning hole 50, then the seat 1 is rotated to the appropriate position, and the third locking member 275 is then inserted into another positioning hole 50. In some alternative embodiments, the positions of the third locking member 275 and the positioning holes 50 on the support 27 and the base 5 can be interchanged. In some alternative embodiments, the third locking member 275 can move horizontally to insert into or withdraw from horizontally extending positioning holes 50. It should be noted that in some alternative embodiments, the aforementioned adjusting element 21 may not be provided between the support 27 and the seat 1. The support 27 may be integral with the seat 1, or it may be attached to the seat 1 using screws, rivets, snap-fits, or other methods. In this case, the high chair 1000 can still be equipped with a third locking element 275 to allow the circumferential position of the seat 1 relative to the base 5 to be adjustable.

參見圖5,在一些實施例中,支撐座27和第三鎖定件275之間還可以設置第四彈性元件44,第四彈性元件44用於驅動第三鎖定件275與定位孔50卡接,這樣可以避免第三鎖定件275被誤碰而退出定位孔50。當然,在一些替代實施例中,也可以不設置第四彈性元件44。可以理解,當第三鎖定件275設置於基座5上時,第四彈性元件44則設置在基座5和第三鎖定件275之間。 Referring to Figure 5, in some embodiments, a fourth elastic element 44 may be provided between the support 27 and the third locking member 275. The fourth elastic element 44 is used to drive the third locking member 275 to engage with the positioning hole 50, thus preventing the third locking member 275 from being accidentally disengaged from the positioning hole 50. Of course, in some alternative embodiments, the fourth elastic element 44 may not be provided. It can be understood that when the third locking member 275 is provided on the base 5, the fourth elastic element 44 is provided between the base 5 and the third locking member 275.

參見圖4和圖6,圖6繪示圖5所示的高腳椅1000之U2-U2剖視圖。在一些實施例中,支撐座27設置有在第一水平方向H1上相對設置的兩個支撐件271,兩個支撐件271與兩個調整件21一一對應,兩個支撐件271的上端分別通過第一軸31與兩個調整件21的下端樞轉連接。由圖6中可以看出,兩個支撐件271自支撐座27向上延伸,並且兩個支撐件271之間的上端距離大於其下端距 離,這樣有利於降低支撐座27的徑向尺寸。在一些實施例中,兩個支撐件271和支撐座27可以一體成型。 Referring to Figures 4 and 6, Figure 6 shows a U2-U2 sectional view of the high chair 1000 shown in Figure 5. In some embodiments, the support base 27 is provided with two support members 271 arranged opposite each other in the first horizontal direction H1. The two support members 271 correspond one-to-one with two adjusting members 21, and the upper ends of the two support members 271 are pivotally connected to the lower ends of the two adjusting members 21 via a first shaft 31. As can be seen from Figure 6, the two support members 271 extend upward from the support base 27, and the distance between the upper ends of the two support members 271 is greater than the distance between their lower ends, which is beneficial to reducing the radial dimension of the support base 27. In some embodiments, the two support members 271 and the support base 27 can be integrally formed.

參見圖7所示的調整件21之立體圖,在一些實施例中,各個調整件21包括在第二水平方向H2上相對設置的一對連接臂211,第二水平方向H2垂直於第一水平方向H1(參見圖1)。該一對連接臂211的上端與座椅1活動地連接,該一對連接臂211的下端與支撐座27通過第一軸31樞接。該一對連接臂211的相對的兩個表面中之至少一者設置有滑槽2111,座椅1設置有與滑槽2111滑動地配合的凸柱102(見圖9)。通過滑槽2111與凸柱102的配合,限制了各個調整件21相對於座椅1移動的範圍。在一些實施例中,各個調整件21還包括側板212,側板212連接在一對連接臂211之間,這樣有利於該一對連接臂211的轉動一致性。 Referring to the perspective view of the adjusting member 21 shown in Figure 7, in some embodiments, each adjusting member 21 includes a pair of connecting arms 211 disposed opposite each other in a second horizontal direction H2, which is perpendicular to the first horizontal direction H1 (see Figure 1). The upper ends of the pair of connecting arms 211 are movably connected to the seat 1, and the lower ends of the pair of connecting arms 211 are hinged to the support seat 27 via a first shaft 31. At least one of the two opposite surfaces of the pair of connecting arms 211 is provided with a groove 2111, and the seat 1 is provided with a protrusion 102 that slidably engages with the groove 2111 (see Figure 9). The engagement between the groove 2111 and the protrusion 102 limits the range of movement of each adjusting member 21 relative to the seat 1. In some embodiments, each adjusting element 21 further includes a side plate 212 connected between a pair of connecting arms 211, which facilitates the uniformity of rotation of the pair of connecting arms 211.

參見圖6至圖8,圖8繪示支撐座27之立體圖。在一些實施例中,在一對相對應的支撐件271和調整件21中,支撐件271的上端設置有安裝孔2710,調整件21的下端設置有第一軸31,第一軸31與安裝孔2710樞接,使得調整件21通過第一軸31與支撐件271樞接。在一些替代實施例中,安裝孔2710和第一軸31在支撐件271的上端和調整件21的下端上的位置可以互換。 Referring to Figures 6 to 8, Figure 8 shows a perspective view of the support 27. In some embodiments, in a pair of corresponding support members 271 and adjusting members 21, the upper end of the support member 271 is provided with a mounting hole 2710, and the lower end of the adjusting member 21 is provided with a first shaft 31. The first shaft 31 is hinged to the mounting hole 2710, such that the adjusting member 21 is hinged to the support member 271 via the first shaft 31. In some alternative embodiments, the positions of the mounting hole 2710 and the first shaft 31 at the upper end of the support member 271 and the lower end of the adjusting member 21 can be interchanged.

參見圖7和圖8,在一些實施例中,調整件21和支撐件271之間設置有角度限位機構28,角度限位機構28用於限制調整件21的轉動角度範圍,確保座椅1的高度調整操作可控。在一些實施例中,角度限位機構28可以包括第一弧形槽281和彈性伸縮銷282。第一弧形槽281設置在安裝孔2710的孔壁並且沿周向延伸,彈性伸縮銷282設置在第一軸31上並可沿第一軸31的徑向伸縮。當第一軸31安裝在安裝孔2710中時,彈性伸縮銷282插入第一弧形槽281中。為 了便於彈性伸縮銷282插入第一弧形槽281中,安裝孔2710的孔壁可以設置有斜面2712,斜面2712用於引導彈性伸縮銷282插入第一弧形槽281中。當然,在其他實施例中,角度限位機構28還可以有其他實施方式,只要能夠限制調整件21的轉動角度範圍即可。 Referring to Figures 7 and 8, in some embodiments, an angle limiting mechanism 28 is provided between the adjusting member 21 and the support member 271. The angle limiting mechanism 28 is used to limit the rotation angle range of the adjusting member 21 to ensure that the height adjustment operation of the seat 1 is controllable. In some embodiments, the angle limiting mechanism 28 may include a first arcuate groove 281 and an elastic telescopic pin 282. The first arcuate groove 281 is provided on the wall of the mounting hole 2710 and extends circumferentially, and the elastic telescopic pin 282 is provided on the first shaft 31 and can extend and retract radially along the first shaft 31. When the first shaft 31 is installed in the mounting hole 2710, the elastic telescopic pin 282 is inserted into the first arcuate groove 281. To facilitate the insertion of the elastic telescopic pin 282 into the first arc-shaped groove 281, the wall of the mounting hole 2710 can be provided with a bevel 2712. The bevel 2712 guides the elastic telescopic pin 282 into the first arc-shaped groove 281. Of course, in other embodiments, the angle limiting mechanism 28 can also have other implementations, as long as it can limit the rotation angle range of the adjusting member 21.

參見圖6,高度調整機構2還可以包括兩個第一鎖定件22,兩個第一鎖定件22與兩個調整件21一一對應。各個第一鎖定件22用於鎖定對應的調整件21與座椅1的相對位置,從而將座椅1鎖定在調整後的高度。在一些實施例中,各個第一鎖定件22可以直接或者間接地設置在對應的調整件21的上端。當各個調整件21移動到位後,各個第一鎖定件22卡入座椅1上的卡槽101中,從而鎖定各個調整件21與座椅1的相對位置。 Referring to Figure 6, the height adjustment mechanism 2 may further include two first locking elements 22, each corresponding to one of the two adjusting elements 21. Each first locking element 22 is used to lock the relative position of the corresponding adjusting element 21 to the seat 1, thereby locking the seat 1 at the adjusted height. In some embodiments, each first locking element 22 may be directly or indirectly disposed on the upper end of the corresponding adjusting element 21. When each adjusting element 21 has moved into position, each first locking element 22 engages with the slot 101 on the seat 1, thereby locking the relative position of each adjusting element 21 to the seat 1.

參見圖6和圖9,圖9繪示高腳椅1000的座椅1之仰視立體圖。在一些實施例中,座椅1的底部可以設置有多個卡槽101,多個卡槽101沿著第一水平方向H1布置。多個卡槽101中的第一部分(兩個、三個或者更多個卡槽101)對應於一個第一鎖定件22,多個卡槽101中的第二部分(兩個、三個或者更多個卡槽101)對應於另一個第一鎖定件22。第一部分卡槽101和第二部分卡槽101對稱設置。各個第一鎖定件22在豎直方向V上移動,以分別與座椅1底部的相對應的卡槽101卡接或者脫離卡接。當第一鎖定件22與卡槽101卡接時,第一鎖定件22處於鎖定位置。當第一鎖定件22與卡槽脫離卡接時,第一鎖定件22處於釋鎖位置。另外,各個第一鎖定件22在第一水平方向H1上移動,以與不同的卡槽101對應。在替代實施例中,多個卡槽101的布局和第一鎖定件22的移動方式還可以有其他方式。例如,多個卡槽101可以設置在座椅1的豎向延伸的側 壁(例如側壁11)上,第一鎖定件22通過在第二水平方向H2上的移動而與卡槽101卡接或者脫離卡接。 Referring to Figures 6 and 9, Figure 9 shows a bottom perspective view of the seat 1 of the high chair 1000. In some embodiments, the bottom of the seat 1 may be provided with multiple slots 101, arranged along a first horizontal direction H1. A first portion (two, three, or more slots 101) of the multiple slots 101 corresponds to a first locking member 22, and a second portion (two, three, or more slots 101) of the multiple slots 101 corresponds to another first locking member 22. The first portion of the slots 101 and the second portion of the slots 101 are symmetrically arranged. Each first locking member 22 moves in the vertical direction V to engage or disengage from the corresponding slot 101 on the bottom of the seat 1. When the first locking member 22 engages with the slot 101, the first locking member 22 is in the locked position. When the first locking member 22 disengages from the slot, the first locking member 22 is in the unlocked position. Furthermore, each first locking member 22 moves in the first horizontal direction H1 to correspond to a different slot 101. In alternative embodiments, the layout of the multiple slots 101 and the movement of the first locking members 22 can also be different. For example, the multiple slots 101 can be provided on the vertically extending side wall (e.g., side wall 11) of the seat 1, and the first locking member 22 engages or disengages from the slot 101 by moving in the second horizontal direction H2.

參見圖6和圖11,圖11繪示高度調整機構2的部分部件之俯視立體圖。在一些實施例中,高度調整機構2還包括與座椅1滑動地配合的兩個滑塊23,兩個滑塊23分別通過第二軸32與兩個調整件21的上端樞接,第二軸32平行於第一軸31。在一些實施例中,兩個第二軸32對應於連接點P1和P2。在一些實施例中,各個滑塊23上分別設置有通孔2301,各個調整件21的連接臂211的上端設置有通孔2110,各個第二軸32穿過對應的通孔2301和通孔2110。兩個滑塊23與兩個第一鎖定件22一一對應,各個第一鎖定件22與對應的滑塊23活動地連接。參見圖6,當各個第一鎖定件22與對應的卡槽101脫離卡接時,控制兩個調整件21繞各自的第一軸31做相反方向的旋轉,兩個調整件21的上端即通過第二軸32帶動兩個滑塊23在第一水平方向H1上相背離或者相靠近,座椅1相應地升高或者降低。當座椅1的高度調整到合適位置時,使各個第一鎖定件22相對於對應的滑塊23沿著豎直方向V移動而與對應的卡槽101卡接,即鎖定兩個滑塊23的位置,進而鎖定各個調整件21與座椅1的相對位置,座椅1即被鎖定在調整後的高度位置。在一些實施例中,各個滑塊23具有凹腔230(見圖13),各個第一鎖定件22安裝在對應的凹腔230中,凹腔230限定第一鎖定件22相對於對應的滑塊23在豎直方向V移動。 Referring to Figures 6 and 11, Figure 11 shows a top perspective view of some components of the height adjustment mechanism 2. In some embodiments, the height adjustment mechanism 2 further includes two sliders 23 that slidably engage with the seat 1. The two sliders 23 are respectively connected to the upper ends of two adjusting members 21 via second shafts 32, which are parallel to the first shaft 31. In some embodiments, the two second shafts 32 correspond to connection points P1 and P2. In some embodiments, each slider 23 is provided with a through hole 2301, and the upper end of the connecting arm 211 of each adjusting member 21 is provided with a through hole 2110. Each second shaft 32 passes through the corresponding through hole 2301 and through hole 2110. Two sliders 23 correspond one-to-one with two first locking elements 22, and each first locking element 22 is movably connected to its corresponding slider 23. Referring to Figure 6, when each first locking element 22 disengages from its corresponding slot 101, it controls the two adjusting elements 21 to rotate in opposite directions around their respective first axes 31. The upper ends of the two adjusting elements 21 then drive the two sliders 23 to move away from each other or closer together in the first horizontal direction H1 via the second axis 32, and the seat 1 is raised or lowered accordingly. When the height of seat 1 is adjusted to a suitable position, each first locking member 22 moves vertically V relative to its corresponding slider 23 and engages with its corresponding slot 101, thus locking the position of the two sliders 23. This, in turn, locks the relative position of each adjusting member 21 to seat 1, thereby locking seat 1 at the adjusted height. In some embodiments, each slider 23 has a cavity 230 (see Figure 13), and each first locking member 22 is installed in its corresponding cavity 230, which limits the vertical movement V of the first locking member 22 relative to its corresponding slider 23.

參見圖6、圖9、圖11和圖12,圖12繪示高腳椅1000之仰視立體圖。在一些實施例中,座椅1的底部例如包括在第二水平方向H2上相對設置的兩個側壁11(示於圖9和圖12中)以及蓋設在兩個側壁11底部的蓋體15。多個卡槽101位於兩個側壁11之間。蓋體15的兩端分別從各個調整件21的一對連接 臂211中穿過並向上彎曲。緊固件(圖中未示)穿過蓋體15上的孔151(圖12)後和座體1的孔105(圖9)連接。座椅1的底面、兩個側壁11、蓋體15圍出容納腔10(見圖6)。兩個滑塊23及兩個第一鎖定件22位於容納腔10中。如上所述,兩個滑塊23帶著兩個第一鎖定件22可沿第一水平方向H1移動。各個滑塊23對應的第二軸32從兩個側壁11伸出並與對應的調整件21上端的通孔2110樞接。容納腔10的各個側壁11設置有與各個第二軸32的兩端對應的第一長形孔110(見圖9和圖12),該第一長形孔110沿著第一水平方向H1延伸。通過將各個滑塊23和各個第一鎖定件22安裝在容納腔10中,可以避免外部環境干擾各個滑塊23的正常移動。各個第二軸32與對應的第一長形孔110的配合,也限制了各個調整件21相對於座椅1移動的範圍。 Referring to Figures 6, 9, 11, and 12, Figure 12 shows a bottom perspective view of the high chair 1000. In some embodiments, the bottom of the seat 1 includes, for example, two side walls 11 (shown in Figures 9 and 12) disposed opposite each other in a second horizontal direction H2, and a cover 15 covering the bottom of the two side walls 11. Multiple slots 101 are located between the two side walls 11. The two ends of the cover 15 pass through a pair of connecting arms 211 of each adjusting member 21 and bend upward. Fasteners (not shown) pass through holes 151 (Figure 12) in the cover 15 and connect to holes 105 (Figure 9) in the seat 1. The bottom surface of the seat 1, the two side walls 11, and the cover 15 enclose a receiving cavity 10 (see Figure 6). Two sliders 23 and two first locking members 22 are located in the receiving cavity 10. As described above, the two sliders 23, along with the two first locking members 22, can move along a first horizontal direction H1. The second shaft 32 corresponding to each slider 23 extends from the two side walls 11 and is hinged to the through hole 2110 at the upper end of the corresponding adjusting member 21. Each side wall 11 of the receiving cavity 10 is provided with a first elongated hole 110 (see Figures 9 and 12) corresponding to both ends of each second shaft 32, which extends along the first horizontal direction H1. By installing each slider 23 and each first locking member 22 in the receiving cavity 10, the normal movement of each slider 23 can be prevented from being interfered with by the external environment. The engagement of each second shaft 32 with its corresponding first elongated hole 110 also limits the range of movement of each adjusting element 21 relative to the seat 1.

參見圖10,為繪示第一鎖定件22及相關零件之立體圖,高度調整機構2還可以包括第一彈性元件41,第一彈性元件41用於驅動各個第一鎖定件22與座椅1卡接。第一彈性元件41可以包括安裝在各個滑塊23的凹腔230(見圖13)內的彈簧,該彈簧夾持在滑塊23和對應的第一鎖定件22之間。 Referring to Figure 10, a perspective view illustrating the first locking member 22 and related components, the height adjustment mechanism 2 may further include a first elastic element 41 for driving each of the first locking members 22 to engage with the seat 1. The first elastic element 41 may include a spring installed within the cavity 230 (see Figure 13) of each slider 23, the spring clamping between the slider 23 and the corresponding first locking member 22.

參見圖6、圖10和圖11,為便於操作各個第一鎖定件22,在一些實施例中,高度調整機構2還包括兩個第一驅動件24,兩個第一驅動件24與兩個第一鎖定件22一一對應。各個第一驅動件24與對應的第一鎖定件22驅動連接,使得各個第一驅動件24受到外力F1時在第一水平方向H1上移動,並驅動對應的第一鎖定件22向下移動而與座椅1的卡槽101脫離卡接。 Referring to Figures 6, 10, and 11, to facilitate operation of each first locking element 22, in some embodiments, the height adjustment mechanism 2 further includes two first driving elements 24, each corresponding to one of the two first locking elements 22. Each first driving element 24 is drivenly connected to its corresponding first locking element 22, such that when each first driving element 24 is subjected to an external force F1, it moves in a first horizontal direction H1, driving the corresponding first locking element 22 to move downwards and disengage from and engage with the slot 101 of the seat 1.

將各個第一驅動件24的水平移動轉化為對應的第一鎖定件22的向下運動的方式有很多種。參見圖10、圖13和圖14,在一些實施例中,各個第一鎖定件22具有通孔220(見圖14),通孔220中安裝有第一銷221,第一銷221 平行於第一軸31。在一些實施例中,各個滑塊23具有沿豎直方向V延伸的長形孔2302(見圖14),第一銷221和長形孔2302滑動地配合。各個第一驅動件24分別設置有孔240,各個第一銷221穿過對應的孔240。各個孔240具有驅動斜面241(見圖10),驅動斜面241與對應的第一銷221相抵靠。參見圖6和圖10,當各個第一驅動件24受到外力F1時在第一水平方向H1移動時,其驅動斜面241推動對應的第一銷221向下移動,各個第一銷221帶動對應的第一鎖定件22與卡槽101脫離卡接。當外力F1撤銷時,第一彈性元件41驅動各個第一驅動件24向上移動而與對應的卡槽101卡接。在一些替代實施例中,可以將孔240設計成斜長形孔,此時可以省略第一彈性元件41,通過對各個第一驅動件24施加與上述外力F1方向相反的力,即可推動對應的第一銷221向上移動,使各個第一鎖定件22與對應的卡槽101卡接。在一些替代實施例中,第一銷221和具有驅動斜面241的孔240在第一鎖定件22和第一驅動件24上的位置可以互換。 There are many ways to convert the horizontal movement of each first drive member 24 into the downward movement of the corresponding first locking member 22. Referring to Figures 10, 13, and 14, in some embodiments, each first locking member 22 has a through hole 220 (see Figure 14), in which a first pin 221 is installed, the first pin 221 being parallel to the first axis 31. In some embodiments, each slider 23 has an elongated hole 2302 extending in the vertical direction V (see Figure 14), and the first pin 221 slidably engages with the elongated hole 2302. Each first drive member 24 is provided with a hole 240, through which each first pin 221 passes. Each hole 240 has a driving ramp 241 (see Figure 10), which abuts against the corresponding first pin 221. Referring to Figures 6 and 10, when each first driving member 24 is subjected to an external force F1 and moves in the first horizontal direction H1, its driving ramp 241 pushes the corresponding first pin 221 downward, and each first pin 221 drives the corresponding first locking member 22 to disengage from the slot 101. When the external force F1 is removed, the first elastic element 41 drives each first driving member 24 to move upward and engage with the corresponding slot 101. In some alternative embodiments, the hole 240 can be designed as an elongated, slanted hole. In this case, the first elastic element 41 can be omitted. By applying a force opposite to the direction of the external force F1 to each of the first driving members 24, the corresponding first pin 221 can be pushed upward, causing each of the first locking members 22 to engage with the corresponding slot 101. In some alternative embodiments, the positions of the first pin 221 and the hole 240 with the driving slope 241 on the first locking member 22 and the first driving member 24 can be interchanged.

參見圖11至圖14,圖13和圖14繪示高腳椅在兩個方向之分解圖。在一些實施例中,高度調整機構2還可以包括兩個第一釋鎖件25,兩個第一釋鎖件25與兩個第一驅動件24一一對應,各個第一釋鎖件25與對應的第一驅動件24可操作地連接。看護者可以利用兩個第一釋鎖件25方便地向各個第一驅動件24施加上述外力F1。在一些實施例中,參見圖11和圖13,蓋體15的內表面設置有在第二水平方向H2上間隔設置的兩個凸塊152,各個第一釋鎖件25位於容納腔10中的部分具有長形孔250,兩個凸塊152分別與兩個第一釋鎖件25的長形孔250滑動地配合,以引導兩個第一釋鎖件25在第一水平方向H1上滑動。在一些實施例中,參見圖14,蓋體15設置有兩個通孔150,各個第一釋鎖件25分別包括操作部252,兩個第一釋鎖件25的操作部252分別從兩個通孔150伸出並 與兩個通孔150滑動地配合,以引導兩個第一釋鎖件25在第一水平方向H1上滑動。看護者可以通過各個第一釋鎖件25的操作部252方便地向各個第一驅動件24施加上述外力F1(圖10)。在一些替代實施例中,高度調整機構2可以包括一個釋鎖件25,該一個釋鎖件25例如是旋鈕,該旋鈕同時與兩個第一驅動件24可操作地連接,以驅動兩個第一驅動件24在第一水平方向H1上移動。 Referring to Figures 11 to 14, Figures 13 and 14 illustrate exploded views of the high chair in two directions. In some embodiments, the height adjustment mechanism 2 may further include two first release elements 25, each corresponding to one of the two first drives 24, and each first release element 25 is operatively connected to its corresponding first drive 24. The caregiver can conveniently apply the aforementioned external force F1 to each of the first drives 24 using the two first release elements 25. In some embodiments, referring to Figures 11 and 13, the inner surface of the cover 15 is provided with two protrusions 152 spaced apart in the second horizontal direction H2. Each first release member 25 has an elongated hole 250 in the portion located in the receiving cavity 10. The two protrusions 152 slidably engage with the elongated holes 250 of the two first release members 25 to guide the two first release members 25 to slide in the first horizontal direction H1. In some embodiments, referring to Figure 14, the cover 15 is provided with two through holes 150. Each first release member 25 includes an operating part 252. The operating parts 252 of the two first release members 25 extend from the two through holes 150 and slidably engage with the two through holes 150 to guide the two first release members 25 to slide in the first horizontal direction H1. The caregiver can conveniently apply the aforementioned external force F1 (FIG. 10) to each of the first actuators 24 via the operating portion 252 of each of the first release elements 25. In some alternative embodiments, the height adjustment mechanism 2 may include a release element 25, such as a knob, operably connected to both first actuators 24 simultaneously to drive both first actuators 24 to move in a first horizontal direction H1.

參見圖11,在一些實施例中,各個第一釋鎖件25與對應的第一驅動件24通過第一牽引件261連接,各個第一釋鎖件25通過第一牽引件261驅動對應的第一驅動件24在第一水平方向H1移動。該第一牽引件261可以是鋼絲繩、柔性帶等。第一牽引件261的一端與第一驅動件24的安裝部242(見圖10)連接,另一端與第一釋鎖件25的安裝部251連接。在一些實施例中,各個第一牽引件261的外部套設有保護套262,保護套262的一端可以安裝在滑塊23的安裝部231上,另一端可以安裝在凸塊152上。 Referring to Figure 11, in some embodiments, each first release member 25 is connected to its corresponding first drive member 24 via a first traction member 261, and each first release member 25 drives its corresponding first drive member 24 to move in a first horizontal direction H1 via the first traction member 261. The first traction member 261 can be a wire rope, a flexible belt, etc. One end of the first traction member 261 is connected to the mounting portion 242 (see Figure 10) of the first drive member 24, and the other end is connected to the mounting portion 251 of the first release member 25. In some embodiments, each first traction member 261 is covered with a protective sleeve 262, one end of which can be mounted on the mounting portion 231 of the slider 23, and the other end can be mounted on the protrusion 152.

下面結合圖6和圖11來描述上述的高度調整機構2調整座椅1高度的工作過程。 The following description, in conjunction with Figures 6 and 11, illustrates the process by which the height adjustment mechanism 2 adjusts the height of the seat 1.

參見圖6與圖10,座椅1被高度調整機構2支撐於一高度,兩個第一鎖定件22與對應的卡槽101卡接。看護者對兩個第一釋鎖件25的操作部252施加外力F1,兩個第一釋鎖件25通過兩個第一牽引件261拉動兩個第一驅動件24在第一水平方向H1上相向移動,兩個第一驅動件24的驅動斜面241推動兩個第一銷221向下移動,使兩個第一鎖定件22向下移動並脫離卡槽101。此時向下按壓座椅1或者向上提拉座椅1,座椅1在豎向方向上移動的同時,兩個滑塊23帶動兩個第一鎖定件22在第一水平方向H1相向或者相背離地移動。當座椅1的高度合適時,撤銷外力F1,兩個第一鎖定件22即在第一彈性元件41的作用下自動 上移並與卡槽101卡接,從而將座椅1鎖定在調整後的高度。兩個第一鎖定件22在上移時推動兩個第一驅動件24復位,兩個第一驅動件24回位的過程將驅動兩個第一鎖定件22復位。 Referring to Figures 6 and 10, the seat 1 is supported at a certain height by the height adjustment mechanism 2, and the two first locking members 22 are engaged with the corresponding slots 101. When the caregiver applies an external force F1 to the operating parts 252 of the two first release members 25, the two first release members 25 pull the two first driving members 24 towards each other in the first horizontal direction H1 through the two first traction members 261. The driving ramps 241 of the two first driving members 24 push the two first pins 221 downward, causing the two first locking members 22 to move downward and disengage from the slots 101. At this time, pressing down on or pulling up on seat 1 causes seat 1 to move vertically. Simultaneously, the two sliders 23 drive the two first locking members 22 to move in opposite directions (either towards or away from each other) in the first horizontal direction H1. When the seat 1 is at the correct height, the external force F1 is released, and the two first locking members 22 automatically move upward under the action of the first elastic element 41 and engage with the slot 101, thereby locking seat 1 at the adjusted height. As the two first locking members 22 move upward, they push the two first driving members 24 to reset. The return process of the two first driving members 24 drives the two first locking members 22 to reset as well.

可以理解,在保護套262的作用下,即使第一鎖定件22與不同的卡槽101卡接,第一釋鎖件25用於釋鎖第一鎖定件22的釋鎖行程與第一牽引件261在保護套262內可滑動的距離是相同的。更具體地,保護套262例如是膠套,兩個滑塊23在第一水平方向H1上的相向或者相背離運動會導致保護套262發生變形。第一牽引件261隨著保護套262的變形而整體彎曲或被拉直,但不會影響第一牽引件261在保護套262內可滑動的行程。因此,無論第一鎖定件22與哪個卡槽101卡接,在操作第一釋鎖件25時均可拉動第一牽引件261帶動第一驅動件24運動。同理,當外力撤銷後,第一鎖定件22的復位會帶動第一驅動件24復位,進而通過第一牽引件261帶動第一釋鎖件25復位。 It is understandable that, under the action of the protective sleeve 262, even if the first locking member 22 engages with different slots 101, the release stroke of the first releasing member 25 for releasing the first locking member 22 is the same as the distance the first traction member 261 can slide within the protective sleeve 262. More specifically, the protective sleeve 262 is, for example, a rubber sleeve, and the opposing or receding movements of the two sliders 23 in the first horizontal direction H1 will cause the protective sleeve 262 to deform. The first traction member 261 will bend or straighten as a whole with the deformation of the protective sleeve 262, but this will not affect the sliding stroke of the first traction member 261 within the protective sleeve 262. Therefore, regardless of which slot 101 the first locking member 22 engages with, operating the first releasing member 25 will pull the first traction member 261, causing the first driving member 24 to move. Similarly, when the external force is removed, the repositioning of the first locking member 22 will cause the first driving member 24 to reset, which in turn will cause the first releasing member 25 to reset via the first traction member 261.

參見圖13和圖14,在一些實施例中,高度調整機構2還可以包括第二彈性元件42,該第二彈性元件42用於驅動各個第一釋鎖件25復位。在一些實施例中,第二彈性元件42例如包括兩個彈簧,兩個彈簧在容納腔10(見圖6)中並夾持在兩個第一釋鎖件25之間。 Referring to Figures 13 and 14, in some embodiments, the height adjustment mechanism 2 may further include a second elastic element 42 for actuating the reset of each of the first release members 25. In some embodiments, the second elastic element 42 may include, for example, two springs located in the receiving cavity 10 (see Figure 6) and clamped between the two first release members 25.

參見圖15和圖16,為繪示高腳椅1000在收折機構7處於不同狀態時之立體圖。在一些實施例中,各個支腿6的上端與基座5樞接。收折機構7用於改變支架組件200的狀態。在一些實施例中,收折機構7與多個支腿6連接,並通過控制多個支腿6的張開程度來調整基座5的高度,從而調節座椅1的高度。在一些實施例中,多個支腿6具有最小張開程度和最大張開程度。參見圖15,當多個支腿6處於最小張開程度時,各個支腿6與豎直方向所形成的銳角角 度達到最小,對應於基座5的最高高度。相反地,參見圖16,當多個支腿6處於最大張開程度時,各個支腿6與豎直方向所形成的的銳角角度達到最大,對應於基座5的最低高度。在一些實施例中,當多個支腿6處於最小張開程度時,可以對應於支架組件200的收折狀態。在一些實施例中,支架組件200處於收折狀態時仍可以站立在地面上。在一些替代實施例中,多個支腿6還可以具有介於最大張開程度和最小張開程度之間的一個或多個狀態,從而使得基座5具有多種調節高度。 Referring to Figures 15 and 16, perspective views are provided showing the high chair 1000 in different states of the folding mechanism 7. In some embodiments, the upper ends of each leg 6 are hinged to the base 5. The folding mechanism 7 is used to change the state of the support assembly 200. In some embodiments, the folding mechanism 7 is connected to multiple legs 6 and adjusts the height of the base 5 by controlling the opening degree of the multiple legs 6, thereby adjusting the height of the seat 1. In some embodiments, the multiple legs 6 have a minimum opening degree and a maximum opening degree. Referring to Figure 15, when the multiple legs 6 are at their minimum opening degree, the acute angle formed by each leg 6 with the vertical direction is minimized, corresponding to the maximum height of the base 5. Conversely, referring to Figure 16, when the multiple support legs 6 are at their maximum opening, the acute angle formed by each support leg 6 and the vertical direction reaches its maximum, corresponding to the lowest height of the base 5. In some embodiments, when the multiple support legs 6 are at their minimum opening, it corresponds to the folded state of the support assembly 200. In some embodiments, the support assembly 200 can still stand on the ground when folded. In some alternative embodiments, the multiple support legs 6 can also have one or more states between the maximum and minimum opening, thereby allowing the base 5 to have multiple adjustable heights.

參見圖15和圖16,在一些實施例中,收折機構7可以包括調節座71和多個連接件72。調節座71通過多個連接件72與多個支腿6可滑動地連接,使得調節座71能夠沿著豎直方向V移動,從而控制各個支腿6同步張開或者同步收合。在一些替代實施例中,收折機構7還可以有其他實施方式。 Referring to Figures 15 and 16, in some embodiments, the folding mechanism 7 may include an adjusting seat 71 and multiple connecting members 72. The adjusting seat 71 is slidably connected to multiple support legs 6 via the multiple connecting members 72, allowing the adjusting seat 71 to move along the vertical direction V, thereby controlling the synchronous opening or closing of each support leg 6. In some alternative embodiments, the folding mechanism 7 may also have other implementations.

各個連接件72與對應的支腿6的可滑動連接方式有很多種。參見圖17,為繪示高腳椅之仰視立體圖。在一些實施例中,各個連接件72通過第三軸33與調節座71樞接,各個連接件72具有槽口721。各個支腿6上設置有滑軌61,各個連接件72通過其槽口721與對應的支腿6上的滑軌61可滑動地連接。在一些替代實施例中,各個連接件72可以包括套筒結構,套筒結構套設在對應的支腿6上而能夠沿著支腿6本身移動。 There are many ways in which the connectors 72 are slidably connected to their corresponding legs 6. See Figure 17, a bottom-view perspective of the high chair. In some embodiments, each connector 72 is hinged to the adjusting seat 71 via a third axis 33, and each connector 72 has a slot 721. Each leg 6 is provided with a slide rail 61, and each connector 72 is slidably connected to the slide rail 61 on its corresponding leg 6 through its slot 721. In some alternative embodiments, each connector 72 may include a sleeve structure that is fitted onto the corresponding leg 6 and is movable along the leg 6 itself.

參見圖18,為繪示圖16所示的支架組件之U3-U3剖視圖,支架組件處於打開狀態。圖19則繪示圖18所示的支架組件處於收合狀態時之剖視圖。在一些實施例中,至少一個支腿6上設置有至少一個鎖槽62。收折機構7還包括至少一個第二鎖定件73,該至少一個第二鎖定件73用於與支腿6的鎖槽62卡接,以鎖定調節座71與至少一個支腿6的相對位置,從而將基座5鎖定在調整後 的高度。在一些實施例中,收折機構7可以包括多個第二鎖定件73,多個第二鎖定件73與多個支腿6一一對應,各個支腿6上均設置有至少一個鎖槽62。各個第二鎖定件73用於與對應的支腿6上的鎖槽62卡接,以鎖定調整座5與各個支腿6的相對位置,更為可靠地鎖定調節座71與各個支腿6的相對位置。 Referring to Figure 18, a cross-sectional view along U3-U3 of the support assembly shown in Figure 16 is shown, with the support assembly in the open state. Figure 19 shows a cross-sectional view of the support assembly shown in Figure 18 in the folded state. In some embodiments, at least one leg 6 is provided with at least one locking groove 62. The folding mechanism 7 also includes at least one second locking member 73, which engages with the locking groove 62 of the leg 6 to lock the relative position of the adjusting seat 71 and at least one leg 6, thereby locking the base 5 at the adjusted height. In some embodiments, the folding mechanism 7 may include multiple second locking members 73, each corresponding to one of the multiple legs 6, and each leg 6 is provided with at least one locking groove 62. Each second locking element 73 engages with a locking groove 62 on a corresponding support leg 6 to lock the relative position of the adjusting seat 5 and each support leg 6, thus more reliably locking the relative position of the adjusting seat 71 and each support leg 6.

參見圖18和圖19,在一些實施例中,各個支腿6上可以設置有兩個或者更多個鎖槽62,這些鎖槽62沿著支腿6的長度方向L間隔設置。多個第二鎖定件73與不同位置的鎖槽62卡接時,將基座5鎖定在不同的高度上。在一些實施例中,各個鎖定件73分別與最下方的鎖槽62卡接時,支架組件200處於收折狀態,鎖定件73和鎖槽62的卡接可以避免多個支腿6意外打開。在一些替代實施例中,各個支腿6上也可以只設置一個鎖槽62。 Referring to Figures 18 and 19, in some embodiments, each support leg 6 may have two or more locking slots 62, spaced apart along the length L of the support leg 6. When multiple second locking members 73 engage with locking slots 62 at different positions, the base 5 is locked at different heights. In some embodiments, when each locking member 73 engages with the lowermost locking slot 62, the bracket assembly 200 is in a folded state, and the engagement of the locking members 73 and the locking slots 62 prevents multiple support legs 6 from accidentally opening. In some alternative embodiments, each support leg 6 may also have only one locking slot 62.

繼續參見圖18,在一些實施例中,各個第二鎖定件73與各個連接件72一一對應並且活動地連接。更具體地,各個第二鎖定件73具有第二長形孔731,第二長形孔731套設對應的連接件72的第三軸33上,這樣有利於收折機構7的結構緊湊。在一些實施例中,各個連接件72具有供對應的第二鎖定件73穿過的凹槽720,該凹槽720限定出第二鎖定件73的伸縮路徑。 Referring again to Figure 18, in some embodiments, each second locking member 73 corresponds one-to-one with and is movably connected to each connecting member 72. More specifically, each second locking member 73 has a second elongated hole 731 that fits onto the third axis 33 of the corresponding connecting member 72, thus facilitating a compact structure of the folding mechanism 7. In some embodiments, each connecting member 72 has a groove 720 through which the corresponding second locking member 73 passes, defining the extension path of the second locking member 73.

參見圖17和圖18,在一些實施例中,收折機構7還可以包括至少一個第二釋鎖件74和至少一個第二牽引件75,至少一個第二釋鎖件74通過至少一個第二牽引件75與至少一個第二鎖定件73連接,以驅動至少一個第二鎖定件73與對應的鎖槽62脫離卡接。在一些實施例中,第二釋鎖件74可以配置為一個,第二牽引件75的數量與第二鎖定件73的數量一致。第二釋鎖件74通過多個第二牽引件75同步驅動多個第二鎖定件73與對應的鎖槽62脫離卡接,這樣簡化了釋鎖操作。在一些替代實施例中,第二釋鎖件74的數量可以與第二鎖定件73 的數量一致,各個第二釋鎖件74通過各個第二牽引件75獨立驅動對應的第二鎖定件73。 Referring to Figures 17 and 18, in some embodiments, the folding mechanism 7 may further include at least one second release member 74 and at least one second pull member 75. The at least one second release member 74 is connected to at least one second locking member 73 via the at least one second pull member 75 to drive the at least one second locking member 73 to disengage from the corresponding lock slot 62. In some embodiments, the second release member 74 may be configured as one, and the number of second pull members 75 is the same as the number of second locking members 73. The second release member 74 drives multiple second locking members 73 to disengage from the corresponding lock slot 62 simultaneously via multiple second pull members 75, thus simplifying the release operation. In some alternative embodiments, the number of second release elements 74 may be the same as the number of second locking elements 73, with each second release element 74 independently driving a corresponding second locking element 73 via a respective second traction element 75.

參見圖17和圖18,在一些實施例中,收折機構7還可以包括至少一個第三彈性元件43,至少一個第三彈性元件43用於驅動至少一個第二鎖定件73與對應的鎖槽62卡接。在一些實施例中,第三彈性元件43的數量與第二鎖定件73的數量一致,第三彈性元件43可以直接或者間接地與第二鎖定件73抵靠,以向第二鎖定件73施加使其插入對應的鎖槽62的彈性力。 Referring to Figures 17 and 18, in some embodiments, the folding mechanism 7 may further include at least one third elastic element 43 for driving at least one second locking member 73 to engage with a corresponding locking groove 62. In some embodiments, the number of third elastic elements 43 is the same as the number of second locking members 73, and the third elastic elements 43 may directly or indirectly abut against the second locking members 73 to apply an elastic force to the second locking members 73, causing them to insert into the corresponding locking groove 62.

參見圖17至圖21,圖20和圖21繪示支架組件的部分零件之俯視立體圖。在一些實施例中,調節座71例如包括上殼體711和下殼體712,上殼體711和下殼體712對接在一起並在二者之間限定出內腔70。各個第二牽引件75位於內腔70中,各個第二鎖定件73相對於內腔70伸縮。第二釋鎖件74為旋鈕,其可以安裝在下殼體712上。第二釋鎖件74具有與第二牽引件75的數量相對應的第二弧形槽740,各個第二弧形槽740在周向上螺旋延伸,使得各個第二弧形槽740的第一端靠近第二釋鎖件74的中心M,第二端靠近第二釋鎖件74的外周。各個第二牽引件75通過第二銷7521與至少一個第二弧形槽740可滑動地連接。 Referring to Figures 17 to 21, Figures 20 and 21 illustrate top perspective views of some parts of the bracket assembly. In some embodiments, the adjusting seat 71 includes, for example, an upper housing 711 and a lower housing 712, which are joined together and define a cavity 70 between them. Each second traction member 75 is located within the cavity 70, and each second locking member 73 extends relative to the cavity 70. A second release member 74 is a knob that can be mounted on the lower housing 712. The second release member 74 has a number of second arcuate grooves 740 corresponding to the number of second traction members 75. Each second arcuate groove 740 extends spirally in the circumferential direction, such that a first end of each second arcuate groove 740 is close to the center M of the second release member 74, and a second end is close to the outer periphery of the second release member 74. Each second traction member 75 is slidably connected to at least one second arcuate groove 740 via a second pin 7521.

參見圖18、圖19和圖20,當各個第二牽引件75的第二銷7521位於對應的第二弧形槽740的第二端時,各個第二鎖定件73在第三彈性元件43的作用下與對應的鎖槽62卡接,鎖定調節座71相對於各個支腿6的位置,基座5的高度被鎖定。當需要調整調節座71的位置時,對第二釋鎖件74的操作部741施加圖17中箭頭所示的扭矩T,第二釋鎖件74旋轉,並通過各個第二弧形槽740的槽壁驅動各個第二銷7521向著第二釋鎖件74的中心移動,第三彈性元件43被壓縮。當各個第二銷7521位於對應的第二弧形槽740的第一端時,各個第二鎖定 件73與對應的鎖槽62脫離卡接,即可移動調節座71。當調節座71移動到合適位置後,釋放上述扭矩T,各個第二鎖定件73在第三彈性元件43的作用下自動與對應的鎖槽62卡接,並且通過第二銷7521與第二弧形槽740的配合驅動第二釋鎖件74復位。在一些替代實施例中,調節座71中還可以安裝用於第二釋鎖件74復位的扭簧。 Referring to Figures 18, 19, and 20, when the second pin 7521 of each second traction member 75 is positioned at the second end of the corresponding second arcuate groove 740, each second locking member 73 engages with the corresponding locking groove 62 under the action of the third elastic element 43, locking the position of the adjusting seat 71 relative to each support leg 6, and locking the height of the base 5. When it is necessary to adjust the position of the adjusting seat 71, the torque T shown by the arrow in Figure 17 is applied to the operating part 741 of the second releasing member 74. The second releasing member 74 rotates and drives each second pin 7521 to move toward the center of the second releasing member 74 through the groove wall of each second arcuate groove 740, and the third elastic element 43 is compressed. When each of the second pins 7521 is positioned at the first end of the corresponding second arcuate groove 740, each of the second locking members 73 disengages from the corresponding locking groove 62, allowing the adjusting seat 71 to move. After the adjusting seat 71 moves to the appropriate position, the torque T is released, and each of the second locking members 73 automatically engages with the corresponding locking groove 62 under the action of the third elastic element 43. Furthermore, the engagement of the second pins 7521 with the second arcuate groove 740 drives the second release member 74 to reset. In some alternative embodiments, a torsion spring for resetting the second release member 74 can also be installed in the adjusting seat 71.

參見圖18至圖21,在一些實施例中,各個第二牽引件75可以包括連動件751和第二驅動件752(見圖18)。連動件751的第一端與對應的第二鎖定件73通過第四軸34樞接,連動件751的第二端與第二驅動件752的第一端通過第五軸35樞接。第二驅動件752的第二端與第二釋鎖件74連接,更具體地,第二驅動件752的第二端通過第二銷7521與第二釋鎖件74的對應的第二弧形槽740可滑動地連接。在一些實施例中,各個第三彈性元件43可以安裝在第二驅動件752和上殼體711之間。當然,在其他實施例中,各個第二牽引件75還可以有其他實施方式,第二牽引件75例如可以是柔性拉索。 Referring to Figures 18 to 21, in some embodiments, each of the second traction members 75 may include a linkage 751 and a second drive member 752 (see Figure 18). The first end of the linkage 751 is linked to a corresponding second locking member 73 via a fourth shaft 34, and the second end of the linkage 751 is linked to the first end of the second drive member 752 via a fifth shaft 35. The second end of the second drive member 752 is connected to a second release member 74; more specifically, the second end of the second drive member 752 is slidably connected to a corresponding second arcuate groove 740 of the second release member 74 via a second pin 7521. In some embodiments, each of the third elastic elements 43 may be mounted between the second drive member 752 and the upper housing 711. Of course, in other embodiments, each of the second traction members 75 may have other embodiments; for example, the second traction member 75 may be a flexible cable.

參見圖17,在一些實施例中,基座5例如是由塑料製成,基座5的底部可以安裝有加強片51。加強片51例如是金屬片(例如鐵片),用於加強基座5的結構強度。加強片51包括多個樞接座511,多個支腿6的上端與多個樞接座511樞接。 Referring to Figure 17, in some embodiments, the base 5 is made of plastic, for example, and a reinforcing plate 51 may be installed at the bottom of the base 5. The reinforcing plate 51 is, for example, a metal plate (e.g., an iron plate) used to enhance the structural strength of the base 5. The reinforcing plate 51 includes multiple hinge seats 511, and the upper ends of multiple legs 6 are hinged to multiple hinge seats 511.

參見圖16和圖22,圖22繪示高腳椅1000的另一種使用方式之立體圖。在一些實施例中,各個支腿6可以包括可拆卸地連接的上支腿(也可以稱為第一支腿)601、下支腿(也可以稱為第二支腿)602和支腳603。更具體地,當上支腿601和下支腿602連接在一起時,支腳603安裝在下支腿602的底部。當下支腿602從上支腿601上拆除時,支腳603從下支腿602的底部拆掉後安 裝在上支腿601的底部。由此,支架組件200可以為基座5提供更多的高度選擇。 Referring to Figures 16 and 22, Figure 22 illustrates a perspective view of another use of the high chair 1000. In some embodiments, each leg 6 may include a detachably connected upper leg (also referred to as the first leg) 601, a lower leg (also referred to as the second leg) 602, and a foot 603. More specifically, when the upper leg 601 and the lower leg 602 are connected, the foot 603 is mounted on the bottom of the lower leg 602. When the lower leg 602 is removed from the upper leg 601, the foot 603 is removed from the bottom of the lower leg 602 and mounted on the bottom of the upper leg 601. Thus, the support assembly 200 can provide more height options for the base 5.

參見圖16和圖22,在一些實施例中,滑軌61設置在上支腿601上,上支腿601、下支腿602和支腳602例如通過螺接或者卡接的方式可拆卸地連接。這樣,當拆卸下支腿602後,收折機構7仍可以正常工作。 Referring to Figures 16 and 22, in some embodiments, the slide rail 61 is mounted on the upper support leg 601, and the upper support leg 601, lower support leg 602, and support foot 602 are detachably connected, for example, by screws or snap-fits. This allows the folding mechanism 7 to continue functioning normally even after the lower support leg 602 is removed.

參見圖13,在一些實施例中,各個滑軌61的下端可以設置有鉤掛部610,鉤掛部610可以和收納袋8可拆卸地連接。收納袋8可以為高腳椅提供額外的收納空間。 Referring to Figure 13, in some embodiments, each slide rail 61 may have a hook 610 at its lower end, which can be detachably connected to the storage bag 8. The storage bag 8 can provide additional storage space for the high chair.

需要說明的是,本發明實施例所提供的高腳椅1000可以選擇性地配置上面的高度調整機構2和收折機構7中之一者或全部。在一些同時具有高度調整機構2和收折機構7的高腳椅1000中,高度調整機構2和收折機構7的高度調整操作互不影響,為高腳椅1000提供了更多了高度調整可能性。 It should be noted that the high chair 1000 provided in this embodiment of the invention can be selectively configured with one or both of the height adjustment mechanism 2 and the folding mechanism 7. In some high chairs 1000 that simultaneously have both the height adjustment mechanism 2 and the folding mechanism 7, the height adjustment operations of the height adjustment mechanism 2 and the folding mechanism 7 do not affect each other, providing the high chair 1000 with more height adjustment possibilities.

需要說明的是,本發明實施例所提供的高度調整機構2的應用範圍不限於高腳椅1000,通過將高度調整機構2的座椅1替換為任何合適的活動件,該高度調整機構2可以應用於任何合適的產品中。此外,本發明實施例所提供的收折機構7的應用範圍也不限於高腳椅1000,其也可以應用於任何合適的產品中,例如用於桌子的收納。 It should be noted that the application scope of the height adjustment mechanism 2 provided in this embodiment is not limited to the high chair 1000. By replacing the seat 1 of the height adjustment mechanism 2 with any suitable movable component, the height adjustment mechanism 2 can be applied to any suitable product. Furthermore, the application scope of the folding mechanism 7 provided in this embodiment is not limited to the high chair 1000; it can also be applied to any suitable product, such as for table storage.

需要說明的是,除非另有明確的規定和限定,本發明實施例中的方位術語“水平”、“豎直”以高腳椅處於正常使用狀態時的方位為基准,並且圖中用箭頭H1、H2、V示意性顯示“第一水平方向”、“第二水平方向”和“豎直方向”的方向。這些方位術語僅用於使本發明實施例的描述更加清楚,並不用於對本發明的保護範圍產生不當限定。 It should be noted that, unless otherwise expressly specified and limited, the directional terms "horizontal" and "vertical" in the embodiments of the present invention are based on the orientation of the high chair when it is in normal use, and the directions of the "first horizontal direction," "second horizontal direction," and "vertical direction" are schematically shown in the figures using arrows H1, H2, and V. These directional terms are only used to make the description of the embodiments of the present invention clearer and are not intended to unduly limit the scope of protection of the present invention.

第二實施例 Second Implementation Example

圖23至圖26繪示本發明一實施例所提供的載具之立體圖以及本發明一實施例所提供的支架組件300之剖視圖。如圖所示,該載具具體地以高腳椅1000(或者稱為兒童座椅,兒童餐椅、椅具)為例進行說明,其具有根據本發明一實施例所提供的支架組件(也可以稱為支腿收折結構)300和安裝在支架組件300上的座椅(也可以稱為兒童座椅)1。支架組件300可以通過改變自身的狀態來調整高腳椅1000的狀態。例如,支架組件300處於展開狀態(見圖23)時,高腳椅1000也處於展開狀態;支架組件300處於收折狀態時(見圖25),高腳椅1000也處於收折狀態。在一些替代實施例中,支架組件300還可以具有介於展開狀態和收折狀態的至少一個中間狀態。可以理解,當支架組件300處於不同狀態時,座椅1被支撐於不同的高度,以應對不同的使用場景。可以理解,在一些替代實施例中,高腳椅1000的類型不限於本實施例中舉例的兒童座椅,其例如可以是桌子、應用於吧台的高腳凳、支撐相機的三腳架等等。 Figures 23 to 26 illustrate a perspective view of the vehicle provided in an embodiment of the present invention and a cross-sectional view of the support assembly 300 provided in an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in the figures, the vehicle is specifically illustrated using a high chair 1000 (or a child's seat, a children's dining chair, or a chair) as an example, which has a support assembly (also referred to as a leg folding structure) 300 provided in an embodiment of the present invention and a seat (also referred to as a child's seat) 1 mounted on the support assembly 300. The support assembly 300 can adjust the state of the high chair 1000 by changing its own state. For example, when the support assembly 300 is in the unfolded state (see Figure 23), the high chair 1000 is also in the unfolded state; when the support assembly 300 is in the folded state (see Figure 25), the high chair 1000 is also in the folded state. In some alternative embodiments, the support assembly 300 may also have at least one intermediate state between an unfolded state and a folded state. It is understood that when the support assembly 300 is in different states, the seat 1 is supported at different heights to accommodate different usage scenarios. It is also understood that in some alternative embodiments, the type of high chair 1000 is not limited to the child chair exemplified in this embodiment; it may be, for example, a table, a high stool used for a bar, a tripod for supporting a camera, etc.

參見圖24和圖26,支架組件300可以包括基座(也可以稱為支撐座)5、多個支腿6、第一滑動件761和多個連動件762。第一滑動件761和連動件762可以作為收折機構的一部分,用於打開或者收折多個支腿6。 Referring to Figures 24 and 26, the support assembly 300 may include a base (also referred to as a support base) 5, multiple support legs 6, a first slider 761, and multiple linkages 762. The first slider 761 and linkages 762 may be part of a folding mechanism for opening or closing the multiple support legs 6.

參見圖23和圖25,座椅1安裝在基座5上。在一些實施例中,座椅1例如通過底部轉盤100a與基座5可相對轉動地連接,這允許在不轉動整個高腳椅1000的情況下調整座椅1的面向。在座椅1和基座5之間還可以設置有鎖定裝置(圖中未示),該鎖定裝置用於鎖定座椅1與基座5的相對轉動,以將座椅1保持在調整後的面向。在一些替代實施例中,座椅1例如與基座5固定連接而不可相對轉動。 Referring to Figures 23 and 25, seat 1 is mounted on base 5. In some embodiments, seat 1 is rotatably connected to base 5, for example, via a bottom turntable 100a, allowing adjustment of the orientation of seat 1 without rotating the entire high chair 1000. A locking device (not shown) may also be provided between seat 1 and base 5 to lock the relative rotation of seat 1 and base 5, thereby holding seat 1 in the adjusted orientation. In some alternative embodiments, seat 1 is fixedly connected to base 5 and cannot rotate relative to it.

圖27所示的支架組件300之分解圖中顯示基座5的示例性實施方式。基座5例如包括上殼體501、中間殼體503和下殼體502。上殼體501和下殼體502例如通過緊固件(圖中未示)連接並限定出容納腔5001。中間殼體503例如位於容納腔5001中。在一些實施例中,中間殼體503例如具有夾持在上殼體501和下殼體502之間的部分,用於連接上殼體501和下殼體502的緊固件也可以穿設過中間殼體503的被夾持的部分。在另外一些實施例中,中間殼體503例如可以通過卡接的方式或者通過緊固件連接的方式與上殼體501和下殼體502中的一者連接。 An exploded view of the support assembly 300 shown in Figure 27 illustrates an exemplary embodiment of the base 5. The base 5 includes, for example, an upper shell 501, a middle shell 503, and a lower shell 502. The upper shell 501 and lower shell 502 are connected, for example, by fasteners (not shown) and define a receiving cavity 5001. The middle shell 503 is located, for example, within the receiving cavity 5001. In some embodiments, the middle shell 503 has, for example, a portion clamped between the upper shell 501 and the lower shell 502, and the fasteners for connecting the upper shell 501 and the lower shell 502 may also pass through the clamped portion of the middle shell 503. In other embodiments, the intermediate housing 503 may be connected to one of the upper housing 501 and the lower housing 502, for example, by snap-fit or by fastener connection.

上殼體501面對座椅1。在一些實施例中,上殼體501例如具有中心孔5010,中間殼體503例如具有中心孔5030,座椅1的底部轉盤100a例如連接於中心孔5010和中心孔5030中。中間殼體503的中部(或者稱為基座5的中部)具有在豎直方向V上延伸的中空的圓柱形的立柱部50311。立柱部50311與中心孔5030同軸,並且立柱部50311的外周壁形成滑道5031,滑道5031位於容納腔5001的內部。在本實施例中,當高腳椅1000處於正常使用狀態時,豎直方向V例如對應於與地面垂直的豎直方向(或者稱為高度方向),立柱部50311更具體地在豎直方向V上向下延伸。中間殼體503的外周可以設置有多個安裝座5032,各個安裝座5032具有樞接孔50320。下殼體502例如具有多個孔50201,多個孔50201與多個安裝座5032一一對應。 The upper shell 501 faces the seat 1. In some embodiments, the upper shell 501 has, for example, a central hole 5010, and the intermediate shell 503 has, for example, a central hole 5030. The bottom turntable 100a of the seat 1 is connected, for example, to the central holes 5010 and 5030. The middle portion of the intermediate shell 503 (or the middle portion of the base 5) has a hollow cylindrical column portion 50311 extending in the vertical direction V. The column portion 50311 is coaxial with the central hole 5030, and the outer peripheral wall of the column portion 50311 forms a slide 5031, which is located inside the receiving cavity 5001. In this embodiment, when the bar chair 1000 is in normal use, the vertical direction V corresponds, for example, to a vertical direction perpendicular to the ground (or the height direction), and the upright portion 50311 extends downward specifically in the vertical direction V. Multiple mounting seats 5032 may be provided on the outer periphery of the intermediate shell 503, each mounting seat 5032 having a hinge hole 50320. The lower shell 502, for example, has multiple holes 50201, each corresponding to one of the mounting seats 5032.

參見圖24和圖26,多個支腿6分別與基座5樞接,滑道5031位於多個支腿6的中間。各個支腿6的上端穿過下殼體502的孔50201後與安裝座5032的樞接孔50320通過樞軸625樞接。可以理解,各個支腿6可以繞樞軸625轉動, 因此孔50201的尺寸應不干涉支腿6的轉動。多個支腿6的下端適於由地面支撐。 Referring to Figures 24 and 26, multiple support legs 6 are respectively hinged to the base 5, with a slide rail 5031 located in the middle of the support legs 6. The upper end of each support leg 6 passes through the hole 50201 in the lower housing 502 and is hinged to the hinge hole 50320 of the mounting base 5032 via a pivot 625. It is understood that each support leg 6 can rotate around the pivot 625; therefore, the size of the hole 50201 should not interfere with the rotation of the support leg 6. The lower ends of the multiple support legs 6 are suitable for support by the ground.

參見圖24,當多個支腿6向彼此背離的方向樞轉到最大張開程度時,對應於支架組件300的展開狀態。參見圖26,當多個支腿6向彼此靠近的方向樞轉到最小張開程度時,對應於支架組件300的收折狀態。在一些實施例中,支架組件300處於收折狀態時仍可以站立在地面上。在一些實施例中,多個支腿6還可以具有介於最大張開程度和最小張開程度之間的一個或多個狀態,基座5的高度隨著多個支腿6的張開程度的變化而變化,從而為座椅1提供多種支撐高度。 Referring to Figure 24, when the multiple support legs 6 are pivoted in opposite directions to their maximum opening degree, this corresponds to the extended state of the support assembly 300. Referring to Figure 26, when the multiple support legs 6 are pivoted in opposite directions to their minimum opening degree, this corresponds to the folded state of the support assembly 300. In some embodiments, the support assembly 300 can still stand on the ground when in the folded state. In some embodiments, the multiple support legs 6 can also have one or more states between the maximum and minimum opening degrees, and the height of the base 5 varies with the opening degree of the multiple support legs 6, thereby providing multiple support heights for the seat 1.

由圖23和圖25中可以看出,本實施例中支架組件300具體地包括四個支腿6。可以理解,在一些替代實施例中,支架組件300的支腿6的數量並不局限於四個,支腿6的數量例如可以為三個或者更多個。另外,在一些替代實施例中,多個支腿6可以兩個一組地通過同一樞軸與基座5樞接。 As can be seen from Figures 23 and 25, the support assembly 300 in this embodiment specifically includes four legs 6. It is understood that in some alternative embodiments, the number of legs 6 in the support assembly 300 is not limited to four; for example, there may be three or more legs 6. Furthermore, in some alternative embodiments, multiple legs 6 may be linked to the base 5 in pairs via the same pivot.

另外,在一些實施例中,各個支腿6本身的長度可伸縮,為座椅1能夠提供更多的高度選擇。具體地,各個支腿6例如包括依次套接的至少兩個伸縮腿以及用於釋鎖或鎖定這些伸縮腿的相對移動的鎖定機構。當需要調整座椅1的高度時,釋鎖伸縮腿並將伸縮腿的長度調整至期望的長度後再次鎖定即可。或者各個支腿6例如包括依次套接的兩個套接管,兩個套接管可拆卸地連接,通過拆卸或不拆卸靠下的套管來實現座椅1兩種高度的調整。 In some embodiments, the length of each support leg 6 is extendable, providing more height options for the seat 1. Specifically, each support leg 6 includes, for example, at least two telescopic legs that are sequentially fitted together, and a locking mechanism for releasing or locking the relative movement of these telescopic legs. When the height of the seat 1 needs to be adjusted, the telescopic legs are released, their length adjusted to the desired length, and then locked again. Alternatively, each support leg 6 may include, for example, two sleeves that are sequentially fitted together, detachably connected, allowing for two height adjustments of the seat 1 by removing or not removing the lower sleeve.

參見圖24和圖26,第一滑動件761例如呈圓環形,並在容納腔5001內套接在立柱部50311的外部。第一滑動件761能夠沿著立柱部50311在豎直方向V上移動,也即,第一滑動件761與滑道5031滑動地配合。多個連動件 762連接在第一滑動件761和多個支腿6之間。更具體地,下殼體502具有與容納腔5001相通的多個第一穿槽5021,各個連動件762的第一端穿過第一穿槽5021後通過樞軸551與第一滑動件761樞接,各個連動件762的第二端在容納腔5001的外部通過樞軸552與各個支腿6樞接。 Referring to Figures 24 and 26, the first slider 761 is, for example, annular and fits inside the cavity 5001 onto the outside of the column portion 50311. The first slider 761 is movable along the column portion 50311 in the vertical direction V, that is, the first slider 761 slidably engages with the slide rail 5031. Multiple linkages 762 are connected between the first slider 761 and multiple support legs 6. More specifically, the lower housing 502 has multiple first through slots 5021 communicating with the accommodating cavity 5001. The first end of each linkage 762 passes through the first through slot 5021 and is hinged to the first sliding member 761 via a pivot 551. The second end of each linkage 762 is hinged to each support leg 6 outside the accommodating cavity 5001 via a pivot 552.

參見圖27,在一些實施例中,第一滑動件761設置有多個插槽7610,多個插槽7610用於容納多個連動件762的第一端。每個插槽7610的附近可以設置有凹部7613,相鄰的插槽7610和凹部7613之間通過軸孔(圖中未示)相通。各個樞軸551可以從凹部7613插入軸孔中,經軸孔伸入對應的插槽7610中以與連動件762的第一端樞接。 Referring to Figure 27, in some embodiments, the first slider 761 is provided with multiple slots 7610 for accommodating the first ends of multiple linkages 762. A recess 7613 may be provided near each slot 7610, and adjacent slots 7610 and recesses 7613 communicate through a shaft hole (not shown). Each pivot 551 can be inserted into the shaft hole from the recess 7613 and extend through the shaft hole into the corresponding slot 7610 to pivot with the first end of the linkage 762.

參見圖24和圖26,在一些實施例中,各個支腿6靠近基座5的位置附接有加固件623,該加固件623可以是由金屬(例如鐵、鋼)製成的片材,加固件623用於和各個連動件762的第二端通過樞軸552樞接。另外,各個支腿6上可以安裝有蓋體622,蓋體622將加固件623罩設在其內。各個蓋體622上設置有供各個連動件762穿過的第二穿槽6220,各個連動件762的第二端穿過第二穿槽6220後與各個支腿6上的加固件623通過樞軸552樞接。可以理解,各個第二穿槽6220的尺寸不應干涉對應的連動件762的轉動。各個連動件762例如具有折彎形的結構。 Referring to Figures 24 and 26, in some embodiments, each support leg 6 is attached to a reinforcement member 623 near the base 5. This reinforcement member 623 can be a sheet of metal (e.g., iron, steel) and is used to link with the second end of each linkage 762 via a pivot 552. Additionally, each support leg 6 may be fitted with a cover 622, which encloses the reinforcement member 623. Each cover 622 has a second through slot 6220 through which each linkage 762 passes. After passing through the second through slot 6220, the second end of each linkage 762 is linked with the reinforcement member 623 on each support leg 6 via a pivot 552. It is understood that the dimensions of each second through slot 6220 should not interfere with the rotation of the corresponding linkage 762. Each linkage 762, for example, has a bent structure.

當需要展開或者收折本實施例的支架組件300時,可以推動任一支腿6,該任一支腿6將通過對應的連動件762驅動第一滑動件761相對於立柱部50311移動,第一滑動件761進而通過其他的連動件762驅動其他的支腿6同步展開或者收折。 When it is necessary to unfold or fold the support assembly 300 of this embodiment, any one leg 6 can be pushed. This leg 6 will then drive the first sliding member 761 to move relative to the column portion 50311 via a corresponding linkage 762. The first sliding member 761, in turn, drives the other legs 6 to unfold or fold synchronously via other linkages 762.

本實施例提供的支架組件300,各個支腿6分別通過連動件762與第一滑動件761連接,第一滑動件761可以相對於基座5的滑道5031移動,從而帶動各個支腿6展開或者收合,使得支架組件300具有緊湊的結構。另外,支腿6的收折不會引起座椅1相對於基座5的升高,應用有該支架組件300的高腳椅在收折後也不會佔據過大的縱向空間。 The support assembly 300 provided in this embodiment has each leg 6 connected to a first sliding member 761 via a linkage 762. The first sliding member 761 can move relative to the slide rail 5031 of the base 5, thereby causing each leg 6 to unfold or fold, resulting in a compact structure for the support assembly 300. Furthermore, folding the legs 6 does not cause the seat 1 to rise relative to the base 5, and the high chair using this support assembly 300 does not occupy excessive longitudinal space when folded.

參見圖24、圖26和圖27,在一些實施例中,支架組件300的收折機構還可以包括穩定件763和至少一個第一運動轉換機構766。 Referring to Figures 24, 26, and 27, in some embodiments, the folding mechanism of the support assembly 300 may further include a stabilizer 763 and at least one first motion conversion mechanism 766.

穩定件763通過至少一個連接件405與第一滑動件761連接,以允許穩定件763隨著第一滑動件761在豎直方向V上移動。此外,穩定件763能夠繞與豎直方向V平行的轉動軸線X-X相對於第一滑動件761轉動。在本實施例中,穩定件763例如呈圓環形,穩定件763在容納腔5001內套接在立柱部50311的外部。穩定件763與立柱部50311同軸。 The stabilizer 763 is connected to the first slider 761 via at least one connector 405, allowing the stabilizer 763 to move with the first slider 761 in the vertical direction V. Furthermore, the stabilizer 763 is capable of rotating relative to the first slider 761 about a rotation axis X-X parallel to the vertical direction V. In this embodiment, the stabilizer 763 is, for example, annular, and is fitted inside the cavity 5001 onto the outside of the column portion 50311. The stabilizer 763 is coaxial with the column portion 50311.

圖27和圖28繪示穩定件763和第一滑動件761的示例性連接方式。穩定件763和第一滑動件761均為環形件,穩定件763的中心孔7630可以套在立柱部50311上,第一滑動件761的中心孔7611可以套在立柱部50311上。穩定件763可以設置有至少一個弧形孔7631,弧形孔7631的數量例如可以是但不限於四個,多個弧形孔7631繞轉動軸線X-X間隔均勻地布置。第一滑動件761例如設置有至少一個通孔7612,通孔7612的數量和位置與弧形孔7631的數量和位置相對應。至少一個連接件405例如是螺栓,連接件405的數量與通孔7612的數量一致。各個連接件405沿著豎直方向V穿設在對應的弧形孔7631和通孔7612中,將穩定件763和第一滑動件761連接在一起,而且各個連接件405與對應的 弧形孔7631滑動地配合。這樣,穩定件763既能隨著第一滑動件761一起在豎直方向V上移動,又能相對於第一滑動件761繞轉動軸線X-X轉動。 27 and 28 illustrate an exemplary connection method of the stabilizing member 763 and the first sliding member 761. The stabilizing member 763 and the first sliding member 761 are both ring-shaped members. The central hole 7630 of the stabilizing member 763 can be placed on the column portion 50311, and the central hole 7611 of the first sliding member 761 can be placed on the column portion 50311. The stabilizing member 763 may be provided with at least one arc-shaped hole 7631. The number of the arc-shaped holes 7631 may be, for example, but not limited to four, and the plurality of arc-shaped holes 7631 may be evenly spaced around the rotation axis X-X. For example, the first sliding member 761 is provided with at least one through hole 7612, the number and position of the through hole 7612 correspond to the number and position of the arc holes 7631. At least one connector 405, such as a bolt, is present, and the number of connectors 405 matches the number of through holes 7612. Each connector 405 passes through a corresponding arc-shaped hole 7631 and through hole 7612 along the vertical direction V, connecting the stabilizer 763 and the first sliding member 761 together, and each connector 405 slidably engages with the corresponding arc-shaped hole 7631. Thus, the stabilizer 763 can move along the vertical direction V with the first sliding member 761, and can also rotate relative to the first sliding member 761 about the axis of rotation X-X.

當然,穩定件763和第一滑動件761的連接方式不限於上述舉例,例如在一些未示的實施例中,弧形孔7631和通孔7612在穩定件763和第一滑動件761上的位置可以互換。在另外一些未示的實施例中,至少一個連接件405例如包括至少兩個卡合鉤,各個卡合鉤例如自穩定件763和第一滑動件761中之一者在豎直方向V上延伸,並適於與穩定件763和第一滑動件761中之另一者卡接,同時允許穩定件763相對於第一滑動件761繞轉動軸線X-X轉動。更具體地,在一些實施例中,兩個或者更多個卡合鉤例如自穩定件763的外周向下延伸,各個卡合鉤的鉤體鉤住第一滑動件761,使得穩定件763能夠與第一滑動件761同步沿著立柱部50311移動。兩個或者更多個卡合鉤繞轉動軸線X-X間隔均勻地布置,第一滑動件761的端面可以設置有與各個卡合鉤的鉤體滑動地配合的環形滑道。 Of course, the connection method between the stabilizer 763 and the first slider 761 is not limited to the examples described above. For example, in some embodiments not shown, the positions of the arc-shaped hole 7631 and the through hole 7612 on the stabilizer 763 and the first slider 761 can be interchanged. In other embodiments not shown, at least one connector 405 includes, for example, at least two hooks, each hook extending, for example, from one of the stabilizer 763 and the first slider 761 in the vertical direction V, and adapted to engage with the other of the stabilizer 763 and the first slider 761, while allowing the stabilizer 763 to rotate relative to the first slider 761 about the axis of rotation X-X. More specifically, in some embodiments, two or more latches extend downward from the outer periphery of the stabilizer 763, with the hook body of each latch engaging the first slider 761, allowing the stabilizer 763 to move synchronously along the column portion 50311 with the first slider 761. The two or more latches are evenly spaced around the axis of rotation X-X, and the end face of the first slider 761 may be provided with an annular track that slidably engages with the hook body of each latch.

至少一個第一運動轉換機構766設置在穩定件763和基座5之間,更具體地,設置在穩定件763和立柱部50311之間。第一運動轉換機構766的數量例如可以是但不限於四個,多個第一運動轉換機構766例如繞轉動軸線X-X間隔均勻地布置。當穩定件763隨著第一滑動件761在豎直方向V上移動時,各個第一運動轉換機構766驅動穩定件763繞轉動軸線X-X相對於第一滑動件761轉動。 At least one first motion conversion mechanism 766 is provided between the stabilizer 763 and the base 5 , more specifically, between the stabilizer 763 and the column portion 50311 . The number of the first motion conversion mechanisms 766 may be, for example, but is not limited to four. The plurality of first motion conversion mechanisms 766 may be evenly spaced around the rotation axis X-X, for example. When the stabilizer 763 moves in the vertical direction V with the first slider 761 , each first motion conversion mechanism 766 drives the stabilizer 763 to rotate about the rotation axis X-X relative to the first slider 761 .

參見圖27,本實施例中還顯示第一運動轉換機構766的示例性實施方式。具體地,第一運動轉換機構766可以包括第一驅動斜槽7660和第一驅動銷7661。第一驅動斜槽7660設置於基座5上,更具體地,例如設置於立柱部 50311上。第一驅動銷7661設置於穩定件763上並與第一驅動斜槽7660滑動地配合。例如,穩定件763上設置有安裝孔7632,第一驅動銷7661安裝在安裝孔7632中。當穩定件763隨著第一滑動件761沿豎直方向上下移動時,第一驅動斜槽7660的不同斜壁與第一驅動銷7661抵接,從而推動穩定件763繞轉動軸線X-X做正反兩個方向的轉動。當然,第一運動轉換機構766的實施方式不限於上述舉例,其只要能夠在穩定件763隨著第一滑動件761移動時推動穩定件763繞轉動軸線X-X轉動即可。例如,在一些替代實施例中,第一驅動斜槽7660可以設置在穩定件763上,第一驅動銷7661可以安裝於基座5的立柱部50311上並與第一驅動斜槽7660滑動地配合。 Referring to Figure 27, an exemplary embodiment of the first motion conversion mechanism 766 is also shown in this embodiment. Specifically, the first motion conversion mechanism 766 may include a first drive spur groove 7660 and a first drive pin 7661. The first drive spur groove 7660 is disposed on the base 5, and more specifically, for example, on the column portion 50311. The first drive pin 7661 is disposed on the stabilizer 763 and slidably engages with the first drive spur groove 7660. For example, the stabilizer 763 is provided with a mounting hole 7632, and the first drive pin 7661 is mounted in the mounting hole 7632. When the stabilizer 763 moves vertically up and down with the first sliding member 761, the different inclined walls of the first driving groove 7660 abut against the first driving pin 7661, thereby pushing the stabilizer 763 to rotate in both directions around the rotation axis X-X. Of course, the implementation of the first motion conversion mechanism 766 is not limited to the above example; it only needs to be able to push the stabilizer 763 to rotate around the rotation axis X-X when the stabilizer 763 moves with the first sliding member 761. For example, in some alternative embodiments, the first drive chute 7660 may be disposed on the stabilizer 763, and the first drive pin 7661 may be mounted on the column portion 50311 of the base 5 and slidably engage with the first drive chute 7660.

對於配置有穩定件763和第一運動轉換機構766的支架組件300而言,當第一滑動件761受到任一支腿6的推動而在豎直方向V上移動時,穩定件763將隨著第一滑動件761一起移動,並且穩定件763在第一運動轉換機構766的作用下繞轉動軸線X-X轉動,使得穩定件763不易傾斜而能夠平穩地在豎直方向V上移動。穩定件763在豎直方向V上的平穩移動又通過多個連接件405作用於第一滑動件761,第一滑動件761整體也得以在豎直方向V上平穩移動,從而帶動各個支腿6同步展開或者收折。 For the support assembly 300 equipped with a stabilizer 763 and a first motion conversion mechanism 766, when the first sliding member 761 moves vertically in the V direction due to the push of any leg 6, the stabilizer 763 moves along with it. Under the action of the first motion conversion mechanism 766, the stabilizer 763 rotates around the axis X-X, ensuring it moves smoothly in the vertical direction V without easily tilting. This smooth movement of the stabilizer 763 in the vertical direction V is further actuated by multiple connecting members 405, allowing the first sliding member 761 to also move smoothly in the vertical direction V, thereby causing each leg 6 to extend or retract synchronously.

參見圖29和圖30所示的支腿收折結構之側視圖和剖視圖。支架組件300還可以包括至少一個鎖定件767,至少一個鎖定件767用於鎖定第一滑動件761,以限制第一滑動件761相對於立柱部50311在豎直方向V上移動,從而將支架組件300保持在調整後的狀態。鎖定件767的數量可以是但不限於兩個,多個鎖定件767例如繞轉動軸線X-X間隔均勻地布置。各個鎖定件767例如可以安裝在基座5的下殼體502上,以及各個鎖定件767例如在與豎直方向V不相平行 的橫向方向H上移動,以與第一滑動件761卡合或者脫離卡合,從而鎖定或者釋鎖第一滑動件761。本實施例中,橫向方向H也可以稱為水平方向,橫向方向H例如垂直於豎直方向V。 See the side view and cross-sectional view of the leg folding structure shown in Figures 29 and 30. The bracket assembly 300 may also include at least one locking member 767 for locking the first sliding member 761 to limit the movement of the first sliding member 761 in the vertical direction V relative to the column portion 50311, thereby maintaining the bracket assembly 300 in an adjusted state. The number of locking pieces 767 may be but is not limited to two, and the plurality of locking pieces 767 may be evenly spaced around the rotation axis X-X, for example. Each locking element 767 may be mounted on the lower housing 502 of the base 5, and each locking element 767 may move, for example, in a horizontal direction H that is not parallel to the vertical direction V, to engage or disengage with the first sliding element 761, thereby locking or releasing the first sliding element 761. In this embodiment, the horizontal direction H may also be referred to as the horizontal direction, and the horizontal direction H may be perpendicular to the vertical direction V, for example.

參見圖27和圖30,在一些實施例中,第一滑動件761包括至少一個鎖定部7614,各個鎖定部7614包括一個或多個鎖定凹部76140。在一些實施例中,鎖定部7614的數量可以是但不限於兩個,多個鎖定部7614例如繞轉動軸線X-X間隔均勻地布置。鎖定件767的數量例如與鎖定部7614的數量一致。各個鎖定件767可以包括一個或多個鎖定凸部7671。一個或多個鎖定凹部76140與一個或多個鎖定凸部7671選擇性地配合,可以將第一滑動件761鎖定於立柱部50311(也即滑道5031)的不同位置(高度)上,由此將支架組件300保持在調整後的狀態。 Referring to Figures 27 and 30, in some embodiments, the first slider 761 includes at least one locking portion 7614, and each locking portion 7614 includes one or more locking recesses 76140. In some embodiments, the number of locking parts 7614 may be but is not limited to two, and the plurality of locking parts 7614 may be evenly spaced around the rotation axis X-X, for example. The number of locking pieces 767 is, for example, consistent with the number of locking parts 7614 . Each lock 767 may include one or more locking tabs 7671. One or more locking recesses 76140 selectively engage with one or more locking protrusions 7671 to lock the first slider 761 at different positions (heights) on the column portion 50311 (i.e., the slide rail 5031), thereby holding the bracket assembly 300 in the adjusted state.

具體在本實施例中,各個鎖定部7614包括一個鎖定凹部76140。各個鎖定件767位於容納腔5001的外部並具有兩個鎖定凸部7671,兩個鎖定凸部7671在豎直方向V上間隔布置。基座5的下殼體502設置有兩個孔5027,各個鎖定凸部7671可以通過對應的孔5027伸入到容納腔中。參見圖30,當第一滑動件761隨著展開的支腿6移動至靠下的位置時,兩個鎖定凸部7671中位於下方的鎖定凸部7671與鎖定凹部76140配合,第一滑動件761被鎖定,支架組件300被保持在展開狀態。當各個鎖定件767在橫向方向H上移動使得各個鎖定凸部7671移出第一滑動件761的移動路徑後,第一滑動件761可以隨著收折的支腿6向上移動。當第一滑動件761移動到位後,各個鎖定件767在橫向方向上移動以使位於上方的鎖定凸部7671與鎖定凹部76140配合,第一滑動件761再次被鎖定,支架組件300即被保持在收折狀態。可以理解,在一些替代實施例中,各個鎖定 件767可以包括在豎直方向V上間隔布置的更多個鎖定凸部7671,這些鎖定凸部7671選擇性地與鎖定凹部76140配合,以將第一滑動件761鎖定於立柱部50311的不同位置,以將支架組件300穩定地保持在任意調整後的狀態。 Specifically, in this embodiment, each locking part 7614 includes a locking recess 76140. Each locking member 767 is located outside the receiving cavity 5001 and has two locking protrusions 7671, which are spaced apart in the vertical direction V. The lower housing 502 of the base 5 is provided with two holes 5027, through which each locking protrusion 7671 can extend into the receiving cavity. Referring to Figure 30, when the first slider 761 moves to a lower position along with the extended support leg 6, the lower locking protrusion 7671 of the two locking protrusions 7671 engages with the locking recess 76140, locking the first slider 761 and keeping the support assembly 300 in the extended state. When each locking member 767 moves in the lateral direction H, causing each locking protrusion 7671 to move out of the movement path of the first slider 761, the first slider 761 can move upward along with the folded support leg 6. After the first slider 761 moves into position, each locking member 767 moves laterally so that the upper locking protrusion 7671 engages with the locking recess 76140, locking the first slider 761 again and holding the bracket assembly 300 in the folded state. It is understood that in some alternative embodiments, each locking member 767 may include more locking protrusions 7671 spaced apart in the vertical direction V. These locking protrusions 7671 selectively engage with the locking recesses 76140 to lock the first slider 761 at different positions on the column portion 50311, thereby stably holding the bracket assembly 300 in any adjusted state.

在一些替代實施例中,各個鎖定件767可以具有一個鎖定凸部7671。各個鎖定部7614可以包括在豎直方向V上間隔布置的兩個或者更多個鎖定凹部76140。根據第一滑動件761相對於立柱部50311的位置變化,鎖定凸部7671選擇性地與多個鎖定凹部76140中之一者配合,以限制第一滑動件761相對於立柱部50311的滑動。當然,在一些替代實施例中,各個鎖定件767可以具有多個鎖定凸部7671,各個鎖定部7614可以包括多個鎖定凹部76140,隨著第一滑動件761在豎直方向V上的位置移動,多個鎖定凸部7671和多個鎖定凹部76140可以選擇性地配合,以鎖定第一滑動件761的位置。 In some alternative embodiments, each locking member 767 may have a locking protrusion 7671. Each locking portion 7614 may include two or more locking recesses 76140 spaced apart in the vertical direction V. Depending on the positional change of the first slider 761 relative to the post portion 50311, the locking protrusion 7671 selectively engages with one of the multiple locking recesses 76140 to restrict the sliding of the first slider 761 relative to the post portion 50311. Of course, in some alternative embodiments, each locking member 767 may have multiple locking protrusions 7671, and each locking portion 7614 may include multiple locking recesses 76140. As the first sliding member 761 moves in the vertical direction V, the multiple locking protrusions 7671 and the multiple locking recesses 76140 may selectively engage to lock the position of the first sliding member 761.

參見圖27、圖31和圖32,支架組件300還可以包括至少一個釋鎖件768和至少一個彈性件769。在一些實施例中,釋鎖件768和彈性件769的數量例如與鎖定件767的數量一致。釋鎖件768與鎖定件767可操作地連接,用於驅動鎖定件767釋鎖第一滑動件761。更具體地,各個釋鎖件768例如具有容納槽7680,鎖定件767例如安裝在容納槽7680中。彈性件769用於驅動鎖定件767鎖定第一滑動件761。在一些替代實施例中,多個鎖定件767可以共用一個釋鎖件768,彈性件769的數量可以與鎖定件767的數量不一致。 Referring to Figures 27, 31, and 32, the bracket assembly 300 may further include at least one release member 768 and at least one resilient member 769. In some embodiments, the number of release members 768 and resilient members 769 may be the same as the number of locking members 767. The release member 768 is operatively connected to the locking member 767 for actuating the locking member 767 to release the first sliding member 761. More specifically, each release member 768 may have, for example, a receiving groove 7680 in which the locking member 767 is, for example, mounted. The resilient member 769 is used to actuate the locking member 767 to lock the first sliding member 761. In some alternative embodiments, multiple locking elements 767 may share a single unlocking element 768, and the number of elastic elements 769 may differ from the number of locking elements 767.

在一些實施例中,基座5的下殼體502例如設置有至少一個滑槽5025,滑槽5025的數量例如與釋鎖件768的數量一致並在豎直方向V上延伸。各個釋鎖件768安裝在對應的滑槽5025中並能夠沿滑槽5025在豎直方向V上移動。各個釋鎖件768與對應的鎖定件767之間設置有第二運動轉換機構7662,第二運 動轉換機構7662用於將各個釋鎖件768在豎直方向V上的移動轉換為各個鎖定件767在橫向方向H上的移動,以允許各個鎖定件767鎖定或者釋鎖第一滑動件761。 In some embodiments, the lower housing 502 of the base 5 is provided with at least one groove 5025, the number of which, for example, matches the number of release members 768 and extends in the vertical direction V. Each release member 768 is installed in a corresponding groove 5025 and is movable along the groove 5025 in the vertical direction V. A second motion conversion mechanism 7662 is provided between each release member 768 and a corresponding locking member 767. The second motion conversion mechanism 7662 is used to convert the movement of each release member 768 in the vertical direction V into the movement of each locking member 767 in the horizontal direction H, so as to allow each locking member 767 to lock or release the first sliding member 761.

圖31和圖32繪示第二運動轉換機構7662的示例性實施方式。具體地,第二運動轉換機構7662包括第二驅動斜槽76620和第二驅動銷76621。第二驅動斜槽76620設置於釋鎖件768上。第二驅動銷76621設置於鎖定件767並與第二驅動斜槽76620滑動地配合。在一些實施例中,可以在鎖定件767上設置用於安裝第二驅動銷76621的安裝孔,在一些實施例中,第二驅動銷76621例如可以與鎖定件767附接在一起或者一體成型。當釋鎖件768沿著滑槽5025上下移動時,第二驅動斜槽76620的不同斜壁與第二驅動銷76621抵接,從而推動鎖定件767沿著橫向方向H移動,以鎖定或者釋鎖第一滑動件761。當然,第二運動轉換機構7662的實施方式不限於上述舉例,只要能夠在釋鎖件768在豎直方向V上移動時驅動鎖定件767鎖定或者釋鎖第一滑動件761即可。例如,在一些替代實施例中,第二驅動斜槽76620可以設置在鎖定件767上,第二驅動銷76621可以安裝於釋鎖件768上並與第二驅動斜槽76620滑動地配合。 Figures 31 and 32 illustrate exemplary embodiments of the second motion conversion mechanism 7662. Specifically, the second motion conversion mechanism 7662 includes a second drive groove 76620 and a second drive pin 76621. The second drive groove 76620 is disposed on the release member 768. The second drive pin 76621 is disposed on the locking member 767 and slidably engages with the second drive groove 76620. In some embodiments, a mounting hole for mounting the second drive pin 76621 may be provided on the locking member 767; in some embodiments, the second drive pin 76621 may, for example, be attached to or integrally formed with the locking member 767. When the releasing member 768 moves up and down along the slide groove 5025, the different inclined walls of the second driving groove 76620 abut against the second driving pin 76621, thereby pushing the locking member 767 to move in the lateral direction H to lock or release the first sliding member 761. Of course, the implementation of the second motion conversion mechanism 7662 is not limited to the above example, as long as it can drive the locking member 767 to lock or release the first sliding member 761 when the releasing member 768 moves in the vertical direction V. For example, in some alternative embodiments, the second drive chute 76620 may be disposed on the locking member 767, and the second drive pin 76621 may be mounted on the release member 768 and slidably engage with the second drive chute 76620.

參見圖30至圖32,釋鎖件768通過第二驅動斜槽76620和第二驅動銷76621的配合與鎖定件767保持連接,通過合理設置釋鎖件768的釋鎖行程,避免釋鎖件768驅動鎖定件767釋鎖時導致鎖定凸部7671從下殼體502的相應孔中完全退出,即可以避免釋鎖件768從滑槽5025脫落。當然,避免釋鎖件768從滑槽5025脫落的方式還有很多種,在此不再贅述。 Referring to Figures 30 to 32, the releasing element 768 is connected to the locking element 767 through the cooperation of the second driving groove 76620 and the second driving pin 76621. By properly setting the release stroke of the releasing element 768, it is prevented that the locking protrusion 7671 will completely retract from the corresponding hole in the lower housing 502 when the releasing element 768 drives the locking element 767 to release, thus preventing the releasing element 768 from falling out of the slide groove 5025. Of course, there are many other ways to prevent the releasing element 768 from falling out of the slide groove 5025, which will not be described in detail here.

本實施例中,釋鎖件768可以設置有外凸的操作部7681,以便於用戶操作釋鎖件768。另外,在本實施例中,釋鎖件768向上移動時,驅動鎖定 件767釋鎖第一滑動件761;釋鎖件768向下移動時,驅動鎖定件767鎖定第一滑動件761。參見圖30,彈性件769例如是彈簧,可以沿豎直方向V布置並夾持在釋鎖件768和基座5的下殼體502之間。彈性件769對釋鎖件768施加向下移動的力,從而驅動鎖定件767向鎖定第一滑動件761的位置移動。當然,在一些替代實施例中,可以設計成當釋鎖件768向下移動時,驅動鎖定件767釋鎖第一滑動件761;釋鎖件768向上移動時,驅動鎖定件767鎖定第一滑動件761。 In this embodiment, the release member 768 may be provided with a protruding operating portion 7681 to facilitate user operation of the release member 768. Furthermore, in this embodiment, when the release member 768 moves upward, it drives the locking member 767 to release the first sliding member 761; when the release member 768 moves downward, it drives the locking member 767 to lock the first sliding member 761. Referring to FIG30, the elastic member 769, for example a spring, may be arranged in the vertical direction V and sandwiched between the release member 768 and the lower housing 502 of the base 5. The elastic member 769 applies a downward force to the release member 768, thereby driving the locking member 767 to move towards the position where the first sliding member 761 is locked. Of course, in some alternative embodiments, it can be designed such that when the release member 768 moves downward, it drives the locking member 767 to release the first sliding member 761; and when the release member 768 moves upward, it drives the locking member 767 to lock the first sliding member 761.

在一些替代實施例中,本發明提供的支架組件300例如可以有以下變型。 In some alternative embodiments, the support assembly 300 provided by the present invention may, for example, have the following variations.

一、基座5並不限於由上殼體501、中間殼體503和下殼體502構成。例如,在一些實施例中,基座5可以不具有上殼體501,中間殼體503直接面對座椅1,中間殼體503和下殼體502限定出容納腔5001。或者,在一些實施例中,基座5可以不具有下殼體502,進而基座5不具有容納腔5001,此時第一滑動件761和穩定件763均可以外露。鎖定件767、釋鎖件768、彈性件769等與下殼體502相關聯的部件可以安裝在中間殼體503上。在一些替代實施例中,基座5甚至可以僅具有中間殼體503。 1. The base 5 is not limited to being composed of an upper shell 501, a middle shell 503, and a lower shell 502. For example, in some embodiments, the base 5 may not have an upper shell 501, with the middle shell 503 directly facing the seat 1, and the middle shell 503 and the lower shell 502 defining a receiving cavity 5001. Alternatively, in some embodiments, the base 5 may not have a lower shell 502, and therefore the base 5 may not have a receiving cavity 5001, in which case the first sliding member 761 and the stabilizing member 763 may be exposed. Components associated with the lower shell 502, such as the locking member 767, the releasing member 768, and the elastic member 769, may be mounted on the middle shell 503. In some alternative embodiments, the base 5 may even consist only of the intermediate shell 503.

二、滑道5031也不限於由在豎直方向V上延伸的圓柱形的立柱部50311的外周壁形成。例如,在一些實施例中,基座5具有在豎直方向V上延伸的圓柱形的中空滑槽,該圓柱形的中空滑槽例如形成滑道5031。穩定件763可以套接在該圓柱形的中空滑槽內,第一滑動件761例如具有套接在該圓柱形的中空滑槽內的滑動部。第一運動轉換機構766設置在穩定件763和滑道5031的壁體之間。 II. The slide 5031 is not limited to being formed by the outer peripheral wall of a cylindrical column portion 50311 extending in the vertical direction V. For example, in some embodiments, the base 5 has a cylindrical hollow groove extending in the vertical direction V, which, for example, forms the slide 5031. The stabilizer 763 can be fitted into the cylindrical hollow groove, and the first sliding member 761, for example, has a sliding portion fitted into the cylindrical hollow groove. The first motion conversion mechanism 766 is disposed between the stabilizer 763 and the wall of the slide 5031.

三、在一些實施例中,釋鎖件768和彈性件769中之至少一者可以不設置。例如,在基座5上設置有沿橫向方向H延伸的滑槽,鎖定件767例如是與該滑槽滑動配合的閂。鎖定件767可以具有供用戶操作的操作部,用戶通過手動移動操作部的方式,使得鎖定件767鎖定或者釋鎖第一滑動件761。在一些實施例中,彈性件769例如直接夾持在鎖定件767和基座5之間,以驅動鎖定件767向鎖定第一滑動件761的位置移動。 III. In some embodiments, at least one of the releasing member 768 and the elastic member 769 may be omitted. For example, a groove extending in the transverse direction H is provided on the base 5, and the locking member 767 is, for example, a latch that slides into the groove. The locking member 767 may have an operating part for user operation, by which the user manually moves the operating part to lock or release the first sliding member 761. In some embodiments, the elastic member 769 is, for example, directly clamped between the locking member 767 and the base 5 to drive the locking member 767 to move towards the position where the first sliding member 761 is locked.

第三實施例 Third Implementation Example

本發明一實施例提供一種高腳椅,更具體地,該高腳椅以兒童座椅(或者稱為兒童餐椅、椅具)為例。如圖33至圖35所示,該兒童座椅包括座椅組件100、支架組件(也可以稱為支撐組件)200和座椅調整裝置400。座椅組件100通過座椅調整裝置400與支架組件200連接。支架組件200包括基座(也可以稱為支撐座)5和連接於基座5的多個支腿(也可以稱為支撐腳)6。基座5設置有容置孔5211,座椅調整裝置400通過容置孔5211與基座5連接,並且相對於基座5可轉動。應當理解,本發明所提供的座椅調整裝置400不僅僅應用於兒童座椅,還可以應用於例如成長椅、辦公椅等椅具中。 One embodiment of the present invention provides a high chair, more specifically, a children's chair (or children's dining chair, chair). As shown in Figures 33 to 35, the children's chair includes a seat assembly 100, a support assembly (also referred to as a support component) 200, and a seat adjustment device 400. The seat assembly 100 is connected to the support assembly 200 via the seat adjustment device 400. The support assembly 200 includes a base (also referred to as a support seat) 5 and a plurality of legs (also referred to as support feet) 6 connected to the base 5. The base 5 is provided with a receiving hole 5211, through which the seat adjustment device 400 is connected to the base 5 and is rotatable relative to the base 5. It should be understood that the seat adjustment device 400 provided by this invention is not only applicable to children's seats, but also to other types of chairs such as growing chairs and office chairs.

在一些實施例中,如圖36至圖38所示,座椅調整裝置400包括第一調整柱431、第二調整柱432、高度調整機構433、安裝座435、調整座436和轉動調整機構437。第一調整柱431位於座椅組件100的底部的大致中間位置,第二調整柱432位於基座5的頂部的大致中間位置。第一調整柱431通過安裝座435與座椅組件100連接。安裝座435包括上蓋4351、下蓋4352和連接管4353。上蓋4351連接於座椅組件100。第一調整柱431連接於上蓋4351。下蓋4352與上蓋4351圍合形成第一容納腔4354,高度操作件4337(詳見後述)的至少一部分 容納於第一容納腔4354。具體地,下蓋4352可拆卸地連接於上蓋4351,例如通過鉚釘等連接件。參照圖37,連接管4353連接於上蓋4351。具體地,連接管4353與上蓋4351一體成型。連接管4353圍繞第一調整柱431的外周設置並且與第一調整柱431圍合形成第二容納腔4355以用於部分地容納高度調整機構433。第二容納腔4355與第一容納腔4354連通以使高度調整機構433的高度鎖定件4331(詳見後述)和高度操作件4337(詳見後述)能驅動連接。在其他實施例中,可以不設置下蓋4352,高度操作件4337可操作地連接於上蓋4351。 In some embodiments, as shown in Figures 36 to 38, the seat adjustment device 400 includes a first adjustment column 431, a second adjustment column 432, a height adjustment mechanism 433, a mounting base 435, an adjustment seat 436, and a rotation adjustment mechanism 437. The first adjustment column 431 is located approximately at the center of the bottom of the seat assembly 100, and the second adjustment column 432 is located approximately at the center of the top of the base 5. The first adjustment column 431 is connected to the seat assembly 100 via the mounting base 435. The mounting base 435 includes an upper cover 4351, a lower cover 4352, and a connecting pipe 4353. The upper cover 4351 is connected to the seat assembly 100. The first adjustment column 431 is connected to the upper cover 4351. The lower cover 4352 and the upper cover 4351 together form a first receiving cavity 4354, in which at least a portion of the height operating member 4337 (described later) is received. Specifically, the lower cover 4352 is detachably connected to the upper cover 4351, for example, by means of a rivet or other connector. Referring to FIG. 37, the connecting pipe 4353 is connected to the upper cover 4351. Specifically, the connecting pipe 4353 is integrally formed with the upper cover 4351. The connecting pipe 4353 is disposed around the outer periphery of the first adjusting post 431 and together with the first adjusting post 431 forms a second receiving cavity 4355 for partially receiving the height adjustment mechanism 433. The second receiving cavity 4355 communicates with the first receiving cavity 4354 to drive the height locking member 4331 (described later) and the height operating member 4337 (described later) of the height adjustment mechanism 433. In other embodiments, the lower cover 4352 may be omitted, and the height operating member 4337 may be operatively connected to the upper cover 4351.

參照圖37和圖38,第一調整柱431具有中空內腔4311。具體地,第一調整柱431為中空管狀結構。第二調整柱432連接於支架組件200並與第一調整柱431插接配合。在一些實施例中,第一調整柱431和第二調整柱432不可相對轉動地插接配合。具體地,第二調整柱432的一端插接於中空內腔4311並可沿中空內腔4311移動,第二調整柱432的另一端連接於基座5。在本實施例中,第二調整柱432為中空管狀結構,第二調整柱432通過調整座436與基座5可轉動地連接。具體而言,調整座436容納於容置孔5211並且相對於基座5可轉動,第二調整柱432與調整座436固定連接。在另一些實施例中,可以是調整座436容納於容置孔5211並且相對於基座5固定,第二調整柱432可轉動地連接於調整座436。在其他一些未示的實施例中,還可以不設置調整座436,並將第二調整柱432固定連接或者可轉動地連接於容置孔5211。 Referring to Figures 37 and 38, the first adjusting post 431 has a hollow inner cavity 4311. Specifically, the first adjusting post 431 is a hollow tubular structure. The second adjusting post 432 is connected to the support assembly 200 and is inserted into the first adjusting post 431. In some embodiments, the first adjusting post 431 and the second adjusting post 432 are inserted into each other in a non-rotatable manner. Specifically, one end of the second adjusting post 432 is inserted into the hollow inner cavity 4311 and can move along the hollow inner cavity 4311, and the other end of the second adjusting post 432 is connected to the base 5. In this embodiment, the second adjusting post 432 is a hollow tubular structure, and the second adjusting post 432 is rotatably connected to the base 5 via an adjusting seat 436. Specifically, the adjusting base 436 is received in the receiving hole 5211 and is rotatable relative to the base 5, while the second adjusting post 432 is fixedly connected to the adjusting base 436. In other embodiments, the adjusting base 436 may be received in the receiving hole 5211 and fixed relative to the base 5, while the second adjusting post 432 is rotatably connected to the adjusting base 436. In other embodiments not shown, the adjusting base 436 may be omitted, and the second adjusting post 432 may be fixedly or rotatably connected to the receiving hole 5211.

參照圖37和圖38,在本實施例中,第一調整柱431的左右兩側均設有高度調整機構433。為便於描述,以圖37中的位於左側的高度調整機構433為例進行說明。圖37中的位於右側的高度調整機構433的結構和工作原理與左側的大致相同。 Referring to Figures 37 and 38, in this embodiment, height adjustment mechanisms 433 are provided on both the left and right sides of the first adjusting column 431. For ease of description, the height adjustment mechanism 433 located on the left side in Figure 37 will be used as an example. The structure and working principle of the height adjustment mechanism 433 located on the right side in Figure 37 are largely the same as those on the left side.

具體地,高度調整機構433包括高度鎖定件4331、高度驅動件4332、固定座4333、第一復位件4334和設置於第二調整柱432的多個調整孔4336。固定座4333與第一調整柱431連接。在本實施例中,固定座4333與第一調整柱431的遠離安裝座435的一端插接配合。固定座4333包括第一部分43331和第二部分43332。第一調整柱431插接於第一部分43331。第一部分43331至少部分地容納於第二容納腔4355內以與高度鎖定件4331連接。第二部分43332覆蓋於第一調整柱431的遠離上蓋4351的一端並且與連接管4353抵接。第二部分43332形成第二容納腔4355的底壁。 Specifically, the height adjustment mechanism 433 includes a height locking member 4331, a height driving member 4332, a fixed base 4333, a first reset member 4334, and a plurality of adjustment holes 4336 disposed on the second adjusting post 432. The fixed base 4333 is connected to the first adjusting post 431. In this embodiment, the fixed base 4333 is inserted into one end of the first adjusting post 431 away from the mounting base 435. The fixed base 4333 includes a first portion 43331 and a second portion 43332. The first adjusting post 431 is inserted into the first portion 43331. The first portion 43331 is at least partially received within the second receiving cavity 4355 for connection with the height locking member 4331. The second portion 43332 covers the end of the first adjusting column 431 away from the upper cover 4351 and abuts against the connecting pipe 4353. The second portion 43332 forms the bottom wall of the second receiving cavity 4355.

參照圖42和圖44,第一部分43331的外周設置有至少兩塊耳板43337。在本實施例中,耳板43337的數量為四塊,四塊耳板43337對稱地分布在第一部分43331的外周。為便於描述,以其中兩塊耳板43337為例進行說明。兩塊耳板43337相互平行設置並且與第二部分43332圍合形成第一容納槽43336。高度驅動件4332的至少一部分容納於第一容納槽43336並可沿第一容納槽43336移動。第一容納槽43336內設置有第一凸柱43338。固定座4333的耳板43337設置有導向槽43333,導向槽43333的延伸方向垂直於第一調整柱431的軸向。 Referring to Figures 42 and 44, at least two ear plates 43337 are disposed on the outer periphery of the first portion 43331. In this embodiment, there are four ear plates 43337, which are symmetrically distributed on the outer periphery of the first portion 43331. For ease of description, two ear plates 43337 are used as an example. The two ear plates 43337 are arranged parallel to each other and together with the second portion 43332 form a first receiving groove 43336. At least a portion of the height drive member 4332 is received in the first receiving groove 43336 and can move along the first receiving groove 43336. A first protrusion 43338 is disposed in the first receiving groove 43336. The lug 43337 of the fixing base 4333 is provided with a guide groove 43333, the extending direction of which is perpendicular to the axis of the first adjusting post 431.

參照圖37、圖38和圖40,第二調整柱432的外側面設置有凸起4322。具體的,第二調整柱432包括調整管4323和管塞4321,調整管4323的一端連接於基座5,另一端設置有管塞4321,管塞4321的側面形成凸起4322。凸起4322與第一調整柱431的中空內腔4311的腔壁抵接且能夠相對於第一調整柱431的中空內腔4311的腔壁滑動。通過設置凸起4322可以確保第一調整柱431滑動的穩定性。可選地,凸起4322的數量可以是一個或者至少兩個。在其他未示 的一些實施例中,也可以是調整管4323的外壁形成凸起4322,本發明不作限制。請一並參照圖41,第一調整柱431的遠離座椅組件100的一端設置有固定座4333,固定座4333設置有凹槽43335,凹槽43335適於與凸起4322配合並能夠供凸起4322穿過。具體地,固定座4333的第二部分43332設置有與中空內腔4311相對應的插孔43334。請一並參照圖41,插孔43334與中空內腔4311連通。插孔43334的側壁設置有凹槽43335。可選地,凹槽43335的數量可以是一個或者至少兩個。凹槽43335的數量、位置和形狀等與凸起4322的數量、位置和形狀等相對應。通過凹槽43335與凸起4322的配合可以起到引導作用,還可以方便將第二調整柱432插接至第一調整柱431的中空內腔4311內。在其他未示的一些實施例中,也可以是第一調整柱431的中空內腔4311的腔壁形成凹槽43335。在其他未示的實施例中,還可以是中空內腔4311的腔壁形成凸起4322,第二調整柱432的外側面形成凹槽43335等,本發明對此不作限制。 Referring to Figures 37, 38, and 40, a protrusion 4322 is provided on the outer surface of the second adjusting column 432. Specifically, the second adjusting column 432 includes an adjusting tube 4323 and a plug 4321. One end of the adjusting tube 4323 is connected to the base 5, and the other end is provided with the plug 4321. The side surface of the plug 4321 forms a protrusion 4322. The protrusion 4322 abuts against the cavity wall of the hollow inner cavity 4311 of the first adjusting column 431 and can slide relative to the cavity wall of the hollow inner cavity 4311 of the first adjusting column 431. The protrusion 4322 ensures the stability of the sliding of the first adjusting column 431. Optionally, the number of protrusions 4322 can be one or at least two. In some embodiments not shown, the outer wall of the adjusting tube 4323 may form a protrusion 4322, which is not a limitation of this invention. Referring also to Figure 41, a fixing seat 4333 is provided at the end of the first adjusting column 431 away from the seat assembly 100. The fixing seat 4333 has a groove 43335, which is adapted to mate with the protrusion 4322 and allows the protrusion 4322 to pass through. Specifically, the second part 43332 of the fixing seat 4333 has a socket 43334 corresponding to the hollow cavity 4311. Referring also to Figure 41, the socket 43334 communicates with the hollow cavity 4311. The side wall of the socket 43334 has a groove 43335. Optionally, the number of grooves 43335 may be one or at least two. The number, position, and shape of the grooves 43335 correspond to the number, position, and shape of the protrusions 4322. The mating of the grooves 43335 and protrusions 4322 serves a guiding function and facilitates the insertion of the second adjusting post 432 into the hollow cavity 4311 of the first adjusting post 431. In other embodiments not shown, the cavity wall of the hollow cavity 4311 of the first adjusting post 431 may form the grooves 43335. In other embodiments not shown, the cavity wall of the hollow cavity 4311 may form the protrusions 4322, and the outer surface of the second adjusting post 432 may form the grooves 43335, etc. This invention does not limit the scope of the invention in these aspects.

在一些實施例中,如圖37和圖38所示,高度鎖定件4331的至少一部分容納於第二容納腔4355。請一並參照圖42,高度鎖定件4331的一端與固定座4333連接,具體地,高度鎖定件4331的一端與第一驅動銷4335連接,第一驅動銷4335插接於固定座4333的導向槽43333並且可以沿導向槽43333移動。如此設置,可以使得高度鎖定件4331能夠沿導向槽43333的延伸方向移動,即使得高度鎖定件4331向靠近或遠離第二調整柱432上的設置有調整孔4336的部分移動,從而避免高度鎖定件4331在移動過程中發生偏移。 In some embodiments, as shown in Figures 37 and 38, at least a portion of the height locking member 4331 is received in the second receiving cavity 4355. Referring also to Figure 42, one end of the height locking member 4331 is connected to the fixing base 4333. Specifically, one end of the height locking member 4331 is connected to the first drive pin 4335, which is inserted into the guide groove 43333 of the fixing base 4333 and is movable along the guide groove 43333. This arrangement allows the height locking member 4331 to move along the extension direction of the guide groove 43333, enabling it to move closer to or further away from the portion of the second adjusting post 432 with the adjusting hole 4336, thereby preventing the height locking member 4331 from shifting during movement.

高度鎖定件4331的另一端為第一卡合端43311。第一調整柱431設置有供高度鎖定件4331的第一卡合端43311穿過的第一穿出孔4312。固定座4333相應地設置有第二穿出孔43339。請一並參見圖12,第二穿出孔43339貫穿 固定座4333的第一部分43331和第一凸柱43338,並且與第一穿出孔4312連通。高度鎖定件4331可移動地穿設於第一穿出孔4312和第二穿出孔43339,並在第一鎖定位置(也可以稱為高度鎖定位置)和第一釋鎖位置(也可以稱為高度釋鎖位置)之間切換。當高度鎖定件4331位於第一鎖定位置時,高度鎖定件4331的第一卡合端43311穿過第二穿出孔43339、第一穿出孔4312以與多個調整孔4336中之至少一者卡合。在本實施例中,高度鎖定件4331呈銷狀,第一卡合端43311的數量為一個,第一卡合端43311能夠穿過第二穿出孔43339、第一穿出孔4312以與多個調整孔4336中之一者卡合。高度鎖定件4331與任一調整孔4336卡合時,對應於高度調整機構433的鎖定狀態。當高度鎖定件4331處於第一釋鎖位置時,高度鎖定件4331與該調整孔4336解除卡合,也即高度鎖定件4331的第一卡合端43311脫離該調整孔4336,使得第一調整柱431相對於第二調整柱432可移動,此時對應於高度調整機構433的釋鎖狀態。 The other end of the height locking member 4331 is a first engaging end 43311. The first adjusting post 431 is provided with a first through hole 4312 through which the first engaging end 43311 of the height locking member 4331 passes. The fixing seat 4333 is correspondingly provided with a second through hole 43339. Referring to Figure 12, the second through hole 43339 passes through the first part 43331 and the first protrusion 43338 of the fixing seat 4333, and communicates with the first through hole 4312. The height locking member 4331 is movably inserted through the first through hole 4312 and the second through hole 43339, and switches between a first locked position (also referred to as a height locked position) and a first unlocked position (also referred to as a height unlocked position). When the height locking member 4331 is in the first locked position, the first engaging end 43311 of the height locking member 4331 passes through the second through hole 43339 and the first through hole 4312 to engage with at least one of the plurality of adjustment holes 4336. In this embodiment, the height locking member 4331 is pin-shaped, and there is one first engaging end 43311, which can pass through the second through hole 43339 and the first through hole 4312 to engage with one of the plurality of adjustment holes 4336. When the height locking member 4331 engages with any adjustment hole 4336, it corresponds to the locking state of the height adjustment mechanism 433. When the height locking member 4331 is in the first unlocked position, it disengages from the adjusting hole 4336. That is, the first engaging end 43311 of the height locking member 4331 disengages from the adjusting hole 4336, allowing the first adjusting post 431 to move relative to the second adjusting post 432. This corresponds to the unlocked state of the height adjustment mechanism 433.

本實施例中的座椅調整裝置400,通過使高度鎖定件4331在第一鎖定位置和第一釋鎖位置之間移動,使得第一調整柱431相對於第二調整柱432固定或者可移動,從而實現座椅組件100相對於支架組件200(也即基座5)的高度的調整。 The seat adjustment device 400 in this embodiment adjusts the height of the seat assembly 100 relative to the support assembly 200 (i.e., the base 5) by moving the height locking member 4331 between a first locked position and a first unlocked position, thereby fixing or allowing the first adjusting column 431 to be movable relative to the second adjusting column 432.

如圖37和圖38所示,高度驅動件4332容納於第二容納腔4355。高度驅動件4332的至少一部分容納於第一容納槽43336並且相對於第一容納槽43336可移動。請一並參見圖43和圖44,高度驅動件4332設置有第一驅動槽43321,第一驅動槽43321的延伸方向相對於高度鎖定件4331的移動方向D1、D2傾斜。高度鎖定件4331的移動方向D1、D2大致垂直於第二調整柱432的長度延伸方向,高度驅動件4332的移動方向D3、D4大致平行於第二調整柱432的長 度延伸方向。本實施例中,第二調整柱432的長度延伸方向也是第二調整柱432的軸向,第二調整柱432的軸向平行於第一調整柱431的軸向。第一驅動銷4335連接於高度鎖定件4331。第一驅動銷4335與第一驅動槽43321插接配合,並且沿第一驅動槽43321可移動。在一些實施例中,高度驅動件4332的移動方向大體垂直於高度鎖定件4331。具體地,第一驅動銷4335穿過第一驅動槽43321和導向槽43333並實現高度鎖定件4331和高度驅動件4332的驅動連接。在其他未示的實施例中,可以是高度鎖定件4331設置第一驅動槽43321,第一驅動銷4335固定設置或者可拆卸地設置在高度驅動件4332。 As shown in Figures 37 and 38, the height actuator 4332 is received in the second receiving cavity 4355. At least a portion of the height actuator 4332 is received in and movable relative to the first receiving groove 43336. Referring also to Figures 43 and 44, the height actuator 4332 is provided with a first driving groove 43321, the extension direction of which is inclined relative to the movement directions D1 and D2 of the height locking member 4331. The movement directions D1 and D2 of the height locking member 4331 are generally perpendicular to the length extension direction of the second adjusting post 432, and the movement directions D3 and D4 of the height actuator 4332 are generally parallel to the length extension direction of the second adjusting post 432. In this embodiment, the length extension direction of the second adjusting post 432 is also the axial direction of the second adjusting post 432, and the axial direction of the second adjusting post 432 is parallel to the axial direction of the first adjusting post 431. The first drive pin 4335 is connected to the height locking member 4331. The first drive pin 4335 is inserted into the first drive groove 43321 and is movable along the first drive groove 43321. In some embodiments, the movement direction of the height driving member 4332 is generally perpendicular to the height locking member 4331. Specifically, the first drive pin 4335 passes through the first drive groove 43321 and the guide groove 43333 and realizes the driving connection between the height locking member 4331 and the height driving member 4332. In other embodiments not shown, the first drive groove 43321 may be provided with the height locking member 4331, and the first drive pin 4335 may be fixedly or detachably provided with the height drive member 4332.

如圖37和圖38所示,第一復位件4334設置於高度驅動件4332和固定座4333之間,第一復位件4334適於偏壓高度驅動件4332以使高度鎖定件4331移向第一鎖定位置。第一復位件4334可以是彈簧、彈片等彈性件。在本實施例中,請一並參見圖44,高度驅動件4332形成面向第一部分43331的第一復位件容納槽43322,第一凸柱43338的至少一部分伸入第一復位件容納槽43322。第一復位件4334容納於第一復位件容納槽43322。第一復位件4334的一端與第一復位件容納槽43322的壁體抵接,另一端與第一凸柱43338抵接。第一復位件4334同時容納於第一容納槽43336。在其他實施例中,可以是第一復位件4334的兩端與高度驅動件4332和第二容納腔4355的底壁分別抵接。參照圖38,當高度鎖定件4331被操作至第一釋鎖位置時,第一復位件4334處於壓縮狀態,在第一復位件4334的彈性回復力作用下可以驅動高度驅動件4332沿D4方向移動,高度驅動件4332通過第一驅動槽43321驅動第一驅動銷4335沿D1方向移動,從而驅動高度鎖定件4331由第一釋鎖位置向D1方向移動至第一鎖定位置,使得第一卡合端43311穿過第一穿出孔4312與其中一個調整孔4336卡合。第一 復位件4334的設置使得高度鎖定件4331可以由第一釋鎖位置向第一鎖定位置自動地復位。 As shown in Figures 37 and 38, a first resetting member 4334 is disposed between the height drive member 4332 and the fixed base 4333. The first resetting member 4334 is adapted to bias the height drive member 4332 to move the height locking member 4331 to the first locked position. The first resetting member 4334 can be an elastic member such as a spring or a spring sheet. In this embodiment, referring to Figure 44 as well, the height drive member 4332 forms a first resetting member receiving groove 43322 facing the first portion 43331, and at least a portion of the first protrusion 43338 extends into the first resetting member receiving groove 43322. The first resetting member 4334 is received in the first resetting member receiving groove 43322. One end of the first repositioning member 4334 abuts against the wall of the first repositioning member receiving groove 43322, and the other end abuts against the first protrusion 43338. The first repositioning member 4334 is also received in the first receiving groove 43336. In other embodiments, both ends of the first repositioning member 4334 may abut against the bottom walls of the height driving member 4332 and the second receiving cavity 4355, respectively. Referring to Figure 38, when the height locking member 4331 is operated to the first unlocking position, the first reset member 4334 is in a compressed state. Under the action of the elastic restoring force of the first reset member 4334, the height driving member 4332 can be driven to move along the D4 direction. The height driving member 4332 drives the first driving pin 4335 to move along the D1 direction through the first driving groove 43321, thereby driving the height locking member 4331 to move from the first unlocking position to the first locking position in the D1 direction, so that the first engaging end 43311 passes through the first through hole 4312 and engages with one of the adjustment holes 4336. The first reset member 4334 is configured to allow the height locking member 4331 to automatically reset from the first unlocked position to the first locked position.

在一些實施例中,如圖36至圖37所示,高度調整機構433包括高度操作件4337、牽引件4338和第二復位件4339。高度操作件4337通過牽引件4338與高度驅動件4332驅動連接。具體地,牽引件4338的一端容納於第一容納腔4354並且與高度操作件4337連接,牽引件4338的另一端伸入第二容納腔4355並與高度驅動件4332連接。 In some embodiments, as shown in Figures 36 and 37, the height adjustment mechanism 433 includes a height operating member 4337, a traction member 4338, and a second reset member 4339. The height operating member 4337 is driven connected to the height driving member 4332 via the traction member 4338. Specifically, one end of the traction member 4338 is received in a first receiving cavity 4354 and connected to the height operating member 4337, while the other end of the traction member 4338 extends into a second receiving cavity 4355 and is connected to the height driving member 4332.

如圖37所示,高度操作件4337可操作地設置於安裝座435,當高度操作件4337被操作時,高度操作件4337在第一位置和第二位置之間可切換。例如,當高度操作件4337由第一位置移向第二位置時,高度操作件4337通過牽引件4338驅動高度鎖定件4331由第一鎖定位置向所第一釋鎖位置切換。高度操作件4337包括第一操作部43371和第一連接部43372,第一操作部43371連接於第一連接部43372的大致中部。第一連接部43372可移動地容納於第一容納腔4354。下蓋4352上設置有第一穿孔4356,第一操作部43371經第一穿孔4356伸出第一容納腔4354。第一操作部43371能夠與第一穿孔4356的側壁抵接以限制高度操作件4337的移動行程。第一連接部43372的一端與牽引件4338連接,另一端設置有用於容納第二復位件4339的第二復位件容納槽43373,第二復位件容納槽43373的槽口朝向安裝座435的徑向外側。 As shown in Figure 37, the height operating member 4337 is operably disposed on the mounting base 435. When the height operating member 4337 is operated, it can switch between a first position and a second position. For example, when the height operating member 4337 moves from the first position to the second position, the height operating member 4337 drives the height locking member 4331 to switch from a first locked position to a first unlocked position via the traction member 4338. The height operating member 4337 includes a first operating part 43371 and a first connecting part 43372, with the first operating part 43371 connected to approximately the middle of the first connecting part 43372. The first connecting part 43372 is movably received in a first receiving cavity 4354. The lower cover 4352 has a first through hole 4356, through which a first operating part 43371 extends into a first receiving cavity 4354. The first operating part 43371 abuts against the side wall of the first through hole 4356 to limit the travel of the height operating member 4337. One end of the first connecting part 43372 is connected to the traction member 4338, and the other end has a second reset member receiving groove 43373 for accommodating a second reset member 4339. The opening of the second reset member receiving groove 43373 faces radially outward from the mounting base 435.

參照圖37,第二復位件4339適於偏壓高度操作件4337以使高度操作件4337移向第一位置。第二復位件4339容納於第一容納腔4354,並且第二復位件4339的兩端分別與高度操作件4337和第一容納腔4354的腔壁抵接。具體地,第二復位件4339的一端與第一容納腔4354的安裝座435徑向外側壁抵接, 另一端容納於第二復位件容納槽43373並且與第二復位件容納槽43373的底壁抵接,以避免第二復位件4339在變形過程中發生偏移。 Referring to Figure 37, the second reset member 4339 is adapted to bias the height operating member 4337 to move the height operating member 4337 to the first position. The second reset member 4339 is received in the first receiving cavity 4354, and both ends of the second reset member 4339 abut against the walls of the height operating member 4337 and the first receiving cavity 4354, respectively. Specifically, one end of the second reset member 4339 abuts against the radially outer wall of the mounting base 435 of the first receiving cavity 4354, and the other end is received in the second reset member receiving groove 43373 and abuts against the bottom wall of the second reset member receiving groove 43373 to prevent the second reset member 4339 from shifting during deformation.

參照圖37和圖38,當需要調節座椅組件100的高度時,對高度操作件4337施加外力使高度操作件4337由第一位置移動到第二位置,高度操作件4337通過牽引件4338驅動高度驅動件4332向D3方向(向上)移動,並且通過導向槽43333、第一驅動槽43321與第一驅動銷4335的插接配合(參見圖42和圖43),驅動高度鎖定件4331向D2方向(向第二調整柱432的外側)移動,使得高度鎖定件4331由第一鎖定位置移動至第一釋鎖位置,即使得高度鎖定件4331的第一卡合端43311與對應的調整孔4336中解除卡合,此時可以相對第二調整柱432移動第一調整柱431以調節座椅組件100的高度。 Referring to Figures 37 and 38, when the height of the seat assembly 100 needs to be adjusted, an external force is applied to the height operating member 4337 to move it from the first position to the second position. The height operating member 4337 drives the height driving member 4332 to move in the D3 direction (upward) via the traction member 4338, and the first driving pin 4335 is engaged through the guide groove 43333, the first driving groove 43321, and the first driving pin 4335 (see Figure). (Figures 42 and 43) The height locking member 4331 is moved in the D2 direction (outside the second adjusting column 432), causing it to move from the first locked position to the first unlocked position. This disengages the first engaging end 43311 of the height locking member 4331 from the corresponding adjusting hole 4336. At this point, the first adjusting column 431 can be moved relative to the second adjusting column 432 to adjust the height of the seat assembly 100.

當座椅組件100被調節至所需的高度時,也即第一調整柱431相對於第二調整柱432移動至所需的高度位置時,第一穿出孔4312與另一對應的調整孔4336對齊。釋放施加於高度操作件4337的外力,高度操作件4337在第二復位件4339的彈性回復力作用下由第二位置移向第一位置,牽引件4338鬆弛,通過牽引件4338傳導至高度驅動件4332的外力消除。參見圖37,高度驅動件4332在第一復位件4334的彈性回復力作用下向D4方向(向下)移動,並且通過第一驅動銷4335與導向槽43333、第一驅動槽43321的插接配合驅動高度鎖定件4331向D1方向(向第二調整柱432的內側)移動,從而使得高度鎖定件4331的第一卡合端43311卡合至與第一穿出孔4312對齊的調整孔4336中,使得第一調整柱431相對於第二調整柱432鎖定。由此實現將座椅組件100鎖定在所需的高度。 When the seat assembly 100 is adjusted to the desired height, that is, when the first adjusting column 431 moves to the desired height position relative to the second adjusting column 432, the first through hole 4312 aligns with another corresponding adjusting hole 4336. The external force applied to the height operating member 4337 is released, and the height operating member 4337 moves from the second position to the first position under the elastic restoring force of the second reset member 4339. The traction member 4338 relaxes, and the external force transmitted to the height drive member 4332 through the traction member 4338 is eliminated. Referring to Figure 37, the height drive 4332 moves in the D4 direction (downward) under the elastic restoring force of the first reset member 4334, and drives the height locking member 4331 in the D1 direction (inward to the inside of the second adjusting post 432) through the insertion and engagement of the first drive pin 4335 with the guide groove 43333 and the first drive groove 43321. This causes the first engaging end 43311 of the height locking member 4331 to engage with the adjusting hole 4336 aligned with the first through hole 4312, thus locking the first adjusting post 431 relative to the second adjusting post 432. This achieves the locking of the seat assembly 100 at the desired height.

本發明實施例的座椅調整裝置400通過第一調整柱431與第二調整柱432的插接配合,並利用高度調整機構433限制或者解除限制第一調整柱431與第二調整柱432之間的相對移動,從而實現座椅組件100相對於支架組件200的高度的調節。本發明實施例的座椅調整裝置400,結構簡單,便於操作。 The seat adjustment device 400 of this embodiment of the invention achieves height adjustment of the seat assembly 100 relative to the support assembly 200 by means of the plug-in engagement of the first adjustment column 431 and the second adjustment column 432, and by using a height adjustment mechanism 433 to restrict or release the relative movement between the first adjustment column 431 and the second adjustment column 432. The seat adjustment device 400 of this embodiment of the invention has a simple structure and is easy to operate.

在一些實施例中,如圖37和圖38所示,座椅調整裝置400還包括防脫出機構438。參見圖40和圖41,防脫出機構438包括彈性手指4381和設置於調整座436的卡合槽4382。具體地,調整座436具有第一容置槽4361,卡合槽4382設置於第一容置槽4361的側壁。卡合槽4382的延伸方向與第二調整柱432的延伸方向大致平行。第二調整柱432的下端固定於第一容置槽4361的底壁。在其他實施例中,卡合槽4382可以設置於支架組件200的基座5,例如在不設置調整座436的情況下,卡合槽4382可以設置於基座5的容置孔5211的側壁。參照圖38和圖41,彈性手指4381具有鉤體部43811,彈性手指4381設置在連接管4353。鉤體部43811能夠沿卡合槽4382移動,並且能夠與卡合槽4382的端部卡接。當第一調整柱431相對於第二調整柱432沿D3方向移動時,防脫出機構438可以防止第一調整柱431與第二調整柱432的端部脫離。 In some embodiments, as shown in Figures 37 and 38, the seat adjustment device 400 further includes an anti-disengagement mechanism 438. Referring to Figures 40 and 41, the anti-disengagement mechanism 438 includes a flexible finger 4381 and an engaging groove 4382 disposed in the adjustment seat 436. Specifically, the adjustment seat 436 has a first receiving groove 4361, and the engaging groove 4382 is disposed on the side wall of the first receiving groove 4361. The extending direction of the engaging groove 4382 is substantially parallel to the extending direction of the second adjusting post 432. The lower end of the second adjusting post 432 is fixed to the bottom wall of the first receiving groove 4361. In other embodiments, the engaging groove 4382 can be provided on the base 5 of the support assembly 200. For example, without the adjustment seat 436, the engaging groove 4382 can be provided on the side wall of the receiving hole 5211 of the base 5. Referring to Figures 38 and 41, the elastic finger 4381 has a hook portion 43811, which is provided on the connecting pipe 4353. The hook portion 43811 is movable along the engaging groove 4382 and can engage with the end of the engaging groove 4382. When the first adjustment post 431 moves relative to the second adjustment post 432 in the D3 direction, the anti-disengagement mechanism 438 can prevent the end of the first adjustment post 431 from disengaging from the end of the second adjustment post 432.

安裝座435的連接管4353插入調整座436的第一容置槽4361中,本實施例中的連接管4353和第一容置槽4361均為非圓形形狀,二者包括相互抵接的切面壁(圖中未標號),這使得安裝座435和調整座436二者之間不可相對轉動。 The connecting pipe 4353 of the mounting base 435 is inserted into the first receiving groove 4361 of the adjusting base 436. In this embodiment, both the connecting pipe 4353 and the first receiving groove 4361 are non-circular in shape, and both include mutually abutting cross-sectional walls (not labeled in the figures). This prevents the mounting base 435 and the adjusting base 436 from rotating relative to each other.

在一些實施例中,如圖45至圖47所示,轉動調整機構437包括轉動鎖定件4371、轉動操作件4372、轉動復位件4373和設置於支架組件200的基座5的多個插槽4374。轉動鎖定件4371活動地連接於調整座436,以使轉動鎖定 件4371可在第二鎖定位置(也可以稱為轉動鎖定位置)和第二釋鎖位置(也可以稱為轉動釋鎖位置)之間切換。轉動鎖定件4371的一端為第二卡合端43711。調整座436的遠離第二調整柱432的一面設置有第二容置槽4362,轉動鎖定件4371的遠離第二卡合端43711的一端容納於第二容置槽4362。請一並參見圖48,調整座436設置有供轉動鎖定件4371穿出的第二穿孔4363,第二穿孔4363貫穿第一容置槽4361和第二容置槽4362的側壁。轉動鎖定件4371可移動地穿設於第二穿孔4363。當轉動鎖定件4371處於第二鎖定位置時,也即轉動調整機構437處於鎖定狀態時,轉動鎖定件4371的第二卡合端43711穿過第二穿孔4363與多個插槽4374中之一者卡合,使得調整座436相對於基座5固定。當轉動鎖定件4371處於第二釋鎖位置時,也即轉動調整機構437處於釋鎖狀態時,驅動鎖定件4371的第二卡合端43711退出相應的插槽4374,使得調整座436相對於基座5可轉動。在本實施例中,轉動鎖定件4371的數量為兩個,兩個轉動鎖定件4371相對於調整座436的樞轉軸R-R對稱地設置,從而使得座椅組件100能夠更穩定地鎖定在所需的方位。在其他未示的實施例中,轉動鎖定件4371的數量為一個或者大於兩個,對此,本發明不作限制。 In some embodiments, as shown in Figures 45 to 47, the rotation adjustment mechanism 437 includes a rotation locking member 4371, a rotation operating member 4372, a rotation reset member 4373, and multiple slots 4374 disposed on the base 5 of the support assembly 200. The rotation locking member 4371 is movably connected to the adjusting seat 436 so that the rotation locking member 4371 can be switched between a second locked position (also referred to as a rotation locked position) and a second unlocked position (also referred to as a rotation unlocked position). One end of the rotation locking member 4371 is a second engaging end 43711. A second receiving groove 4362 is provided on the side of the adjusting base 436 away from the second adjusting post 432. The end of the rotating locking member 4371 away from the second engaging end 43711 is accommodated in the second receiving groove 4362. Referring also to Figure 48, the adjusting base 436 is provided with a second through hole 4363 through which the rotating locking member 4371 passes. The second through hole 4363 passes through the sidewalls of the first receiving groove 4361 and the second receiving groove 4362. The rotating locking member 4371 is movably inserted through the second through hole 4363. When the rotating locking member 4371 is in the second locked position, that is, when the rotating adjustment mechanism 437 is in the locked state, the second engaging end 43711 of the rotating locking member 4371 passes through the second through hole 4363 and engages with one of the multiple slots 4374, so that the adjusting base 436 is fixed relative to the base 5. When the rotating locking member 4371 is in the second unlocked position, that is, when the rotating adjustment mechanism 437 is in the unlocked state, the second engaging end 43711 of the locking member 4371 is driven to disengage from the corresponding slot 4374, so that the adjusting base 436 can rotate relative to the base 5. In this embodiment, there are two rotary locking elements 4371, which are symmetrically arranged relative to the pivot axis R-R of the adjusting seat 436, thereby enabling the seat assembly 100 to be locked more stably in the desired position. In other embodiments not shown, the number of rotary locking elements 4371 may be one or more, and the present invention is not limited thereto.

參照圖46和圖47,插槽4374的數量為轉動鎖定件4371的數量的至少兩倍。在本實施例中,插槽4374的數量為四個。四個插槽4374相對於調整座436的樞轉軸R-R在周向上均勻地分布。相鄰兩個插槽4374之間的角度為大約90度,使得調整座436相對於基座5可以轉動並分別鎖定在90度、180度、270度和360度,也即使得座椅組件100相對於基座5可以轉動並分別鎖定在90度、180度、270度和360度。通過調整插槽4374的數量以及相鄰兩個插槽4374之間的角度,可以實現將座椅組件100相對於基座5可以轉動並分別鎖定在不同的方位。 在其他未示的實施例中,插槽4374的數量可以為六個,相鄰兩個插槽4374之間的角度為大約60度,本發明插槽4374的數量不作限制。每個轉動鎖定件4371設置有第一驅動面43712。 Referring to Figures 46 and 47, the number of slots 4374 is at least twice the number of rotating locking elements 4371. In this embodiment, there are four slots 4374. The four slots 4374 are evenly distributed circumferentially relative to the pivot axis R-R of the adjusting seat 436. The angle between two adjacent slots 4374 is approximately 90 degrees, so that the adjusting seat 436 can rotate relative to the base 5 and be locked at 90 degrees, 180 degrees, 270 degrees, and 360 degrees respectively, thus enabling the seat assembly 100 to rotate relative to the base 5 and be locked at 90 degrees, 180 degrees, 270 degrees, and 360 degrees respectively. By adjusting the number of slots 4374 and the angle between adjacent slots 4374, the seat assembly 100 can be rotated relative to the base 5 and locked in different positions. In other embodiments not shown, the number of slots 4374 can be six, and the angle between adjacent slots 4374 is approximately 60 degrees. The number of slots 4374 is not limited in this invention. Each rotating locking member 4371 is provided with a first driving surface 43712.

在一些實施例中,如圖46和圖47所示,轉動操作件4372可操作地設置於基座5。轉動操作件4372可移動地連接於調整座436,調整座436容納於容置孔5211並且相對於基座5可轉動。具體地,調整座436設置有連接孔4364,連接孔4364貫穿第二容置槽4362的底壁。請一並參見圖49,轉動操作件4372設置有連接柱43723。連接柱43723與連接孔4364插接配合。具體地,連接柱的數量為兩個,連接孔4364的數量與連接柱43723的數量相對應。在其他實施例中,可以是轉動操作件4372與第二調整柱432活動地連接。 In some embodiments, as shown in Figures 46 and 47, the rotating operating member 4372 is operably disposed on the base 5. The rotating operating member 4372 is movably connected to the adjusting seat 436, which is received in the receiving hole 5211 and rotatable relative to the base 5. Specifically, the adjusting seat 436 is provided with a connecting hole 4364 that penetrates the bottom wall of the second receiving groove 4362. Referring also to Figure 49, the rotating operating member 4372 is provided with connecting posts 43723. The connecting posts 43723 are inserted into the connecting holes 4364. Specifically, there are two connecting posts, and the number of connecting holes 4364 corresponds to the number of connecting posts 43723. In other embodiments, the rotating operating element 4372 may be movably connected to the second adjusting column 432.

參照圖46所示,轉動操作件4372設置有第二驅動面43721。具體地,請一並參見圖49,轉動操作件4372包括插接部43722,插接部43722的側面形成第二驅動面43721。插接部43722的數量對應於轉動鎖定件4371的數量。在本實施例中,插接部43722的數量為兩個。兩個插接部43722與兩個連接柱43723間隔設置。本實施例中,兩個插接部43722相對設置,兩個連接柱43723也相對設置,且兩個插接部43722的連線與兩個連接柱43723的連線之間的夾角大約為90度。相應地,請一並參見圖47,每個轉動鎖定件4371設置有插接槽43713,插接槽43713的側壁形成第一驅動面43712。兩個插接部43722與兩個轉動鎖定件4371對應的插接槽43713分別插接配合,第二驅動面43721與第一驅動面43712抵接。在一些實施例中,第一驅動面43712和第二驅動面43721中之至少一者相對於轉動鎖定件4371的延伸方向傾斜。在本實施例中,轉動鎖定件4371的移動方向D5、D6大致垂直於第二調整柱432的延伸方向,並且大致垂直 於高度鎖定件4331的移動方向D1、D2。轉動操作件4372的移動方向D7、D8大致平行於第二調整柱432的延伸方向。 Referring to Figure 46, the rotating operating member 4372 is provided with a second driving surface 43721. Specifically, referring to Figure 49, the rotating operating member 4372 includes a plug portion 43722, the side of which forms the second driving surface 43721. The number of plug portions 43722 corresponds to the number of rotating locking members 4371. In this embodiment, there are two plug portions 43722. The two plug portions 43722 are spaced apart from the two connecting posts 43723. In this embodiment, two plug-in portions 43722 are arranged opposite to each other, and two connecting posts 43723 are also arranged opposite to each other. The angle between the line connecting the two plug-in portions 43722 and the line connecting the two connecting posts 43723 is approximately 90 degrees. Correspondingly, referring to Figure 47, each rotary locking member 4371 is provided with a plug-in groove 43713, and the side wall of the plug-in groove 43713 forms a first driving surface 43712. The two plug-in portions 43722 and the corresponding plug-in grooves 43713 of the two rotary locking members 4371 are respectively plugged into each other, and the second driving surface 43721 abuts against the first driving surface 43712. In some embodiments, at least one of the first driving surface 43712 and the second driving surface 43721 is inclined relative to the extending direction of the rotary locking member 4371. In this embodiment, the movement directions D5 and D6 of the rotary locking member 4371 are substantially perpendicular to the extending direction of the second adjusting post 432, and substantially perpendicular to the movement directions D1 and D2 of the height locking member 4331. The movement directions D7 and D8 of the rotary operating member 4372 are substantially parallel to the extending direction of the second adjusting post 432.

如圖46和圖47所示,轉動復位件4373容納於第二容置槽4362。轉動復位件4373適於偏壓兩個轉動鎖定件4371以移向第二鎖定位置。轉動復位件4373包括彈簧、彈片等彈性件。本實施例中,轉動復位件4373的數量為一個。轉動復位件4373連接於兩個轉動鎖定件4371之間,調整座436的兩端分別與兩個轉動鎖定件4371抵接。具體地,每個轉動鎖定件4371的遠離第二卡合端43711的一端設置有第三復位件容納槽43714。轉動復位件4373的兩端容納於兩個轉動鎖定件4371的第三復位件容納槽43714中。在其他實施例中,轉動復位件4373的數量可以是多個。例如,對應於轉動鎖定件4371設置兩個轉動復位件4373。每個轉動復位件4373的一端與對應的轉動鎖定件4371抵接,另一端與第二容置槽4362的側壁抵接。 As shown in Figures 46 and 47, the rotation reset member 4373 is received in the second receiving groove 4362. The rotation reset member 4373 is adapted to bias the two rotation locking members 4371 to move towards the second locked position. The rotation reset member 4373 includes elastic members such as springs and spring sheets. In this embodiment, the number of rotation reset members 4373 is one. The rotation reset member 4373 is connected between the two rotation locking members 4371, and the two ends of the adjusting seat 436 abut against the two rotation locking members 4371 respectively. Specifically, each rotation locking member 4371 has a third reset member receiving groove 43714 at the end away from the second engaging end 43711. Both ends of the rotary reset member 4373 are received in the third reset member receiving groove 43714 of the two rotary locking members 4371. In other embodiments, the number of rotary reset members 4373 may be multiple. For example, two rotary reset members 4373 may be provided corresponding to the rotary locking members 4371. One end of each rotary reset member 4373 abuts against the corresponding rotary locking member 4371, and the other end abuts against the side wall of the second receiving groove 4362.

當需要調整座椅組件100時,對轉動操作件4372施加外力,使轉動操作件4372沿D7方向移動,通過第一驅動面43712和第二驅動面43721的驅動配合,使得兩個轉動鎖定件4371相向移動,從而使得兩個轉動鎖定件4371的第二卡合端43711與插槽4374分別解除卡合,由此使得調整座436相對基座5可轉動,也即使得座椅組件100相對於基座5可轉動。 When the seat assembly 100 needs adjustment, an external force is applied to the rotating operating member 4372, causing it to move along the D7 direction. Through the driving engagement of the first driving surface 43712 and the second driving surface 43721, the two rotating locking members 4371 move towards each other, thereby disengaging the second engaging ends 43711 of the two rotating locking members 4371 from the slots 4374. This allows the adjusting seat 436 to rotate relative to the base 5, thus enabling the seat assembly 100 to rotate relative to the base 5.

當座椅組件100被轉動一定角度(例如90度)至所需的方位時,釋放施加於轉動操作件4372上的外力,兩個轉動鎖定件4371在轉動復位件4373的彈性回復力作用下做相反方向的移動,直至移動至第二鎖定位置,使得每個轉動鎖定件4371的第二卡合端43711與對應的插槽4374卡合,從而限制調整座436與基座5之間的相對轉動,也即實現將座椅組件100鎖定在所需的方位。 When the seat assembly 100 is rotated a certain angle (e.g., 90 degrees) to the desired position, the external force applied to the rotation operating member 4372 is released. The two rotation locking members 4371 move in opposite directions under the elastic restoring force of the rotation reset member 4373 until they reach the second locking position. This causes the second engaging end 43711 of each rotation locking member 4371 to engage with the corresponding slot 4374, thereby restricting the relative rotation between the adjusting seat 436 and the base 5, thus locking the seat assembly 100 in the desired position.

本發明實施例的座椅調整裝置400通過設置轉動調整機構437實現將座椅組件100相對於支架組件200轉動並且鎖定在所需的方位,能夠便捷地實現座椅組件100的方位調節。從而使得兒童座椅既能夠實現高度調節,又能夠實現方位調節,使得能夠更好的滿足不同兒童在不同應用場景下的使用需求。 The seat adjustment device 400 of this embodiment of the invention, through a rotating adjustment mechanism 437, allows the seat assembly 100 to rotate relative to the support assembly 200 and lock in the desired position, enabling convenient adjustment of the seat assembly 100's orientation. This allows the child seat to be adjusted both in height and orientation, better meeting the usage needs of different children in various application scenarios.

在一些實施例中,如圖50至圖53所示,座椅組件100還可以通過座椅拆卸機構500可拆卸地連接於安裝座435。如圖40所示,座椅組件100可以包括座椅1和餐盤12,座椅1包括座部111、背靠部112和分別連接於座部111兩側的兩個側部113。如圖52至圖54所示,座椅拆卸機構500包括拆卸鎖定件541、拆卸釋鎖件542、拆卸復位件543、設置於安裝座435的卡合孔544以及設置於安裝座435的卡合凹部545。參照圖52,安裝座435設置有連接槽4358,卡合孔544設置於連接槽4358的側壁並與連接槽4358連通,拆卸鎖定件541插接於連接槽4358並且可以沿平行於連接槽4358的底壁的方向移動,以實現在第三位置和第四位置之間移動。 In some embodiments, as shown in Figures 50 to 53, the seat assembly 100 may also be detachably connected to the mounting base 435 via a seat removal mechanism 500. As shown in Figure 40, the seat assembly 100 may include a seat 1 and a tray 12. The seat 1 includes a seat portion 111, a backrest portion 112, and two side portions 113 respectively connected to both sides of the seat portion 111. As shown in Figures 52 to 54, the seat removal mechanism 500 includes a removal locking member 541, a removal releasing member 542, a removal resetting member 543, an engaging hole 544 provided in the mounting base 435, and an engaging recess 545 provided in the mounting base 435. Referring to Figure 52, the mounting base 435 is provided with a connecting groove 4358. A locking hole 544 is located on the side wall of the connecting groove 4358 and communicates with it. A release locking member 541 is inserted into the connecting groove 4358 and can move along a direction parallel to the bottom wall of the connecting groove 4358 to achieve movement between a third position and a fourth position.

如圖51和圖52所示,拆卸鎖定件541設置於座椅1的座部111的底面。拆卸鎖定件541包括相互連接的卡鉤部5411和基體5412。基體5412的一端與座部111的底面連接,另一端與卡鉤部5411連接。本實施例中,拆卸鎖定件541為一體成型結構。當拆卸鎖定件541位於第三位置時,卡鉤部5411與卡合孔544卡合使得座椅1相對於安裝座435固定。當拆卸鎖定件541位於第四位置時,卡鉤部5411與卡合孔544解除卡合使得座椅1相對於安裝座435可分離。拆卸鎖定件541的數量至少為兩個,卡合孔544的數量與拆卸鎖定件541的數量相對應。至少兩個拆卸鎖定件541均勻地分布在座部111的面向安裝座435的一面, 使得座椅組件100能夠更穩定地固定在安裝座435上。該多個拆卸鎖定件541的卡鉤部5411的延伸方向相同或者相互平行。該多個卡鉤部5411的形狀和尺寸可以相同也可以不同,只要能夠滿足當座椅組件100移動時,每個卡鉤部5411均能與對應的卡合孔544卡合或者解除卡合即可,在本實施例中,拆卸鎖定件541的數量為四個,卡合孔544的數量對應地也為四個。具體的,安裝座435具有大致呈矩形的頂面,四個卡合孔544分別位於安裝座435的頂面的四個頂角處附近。在本實施例中,卡鉤部5411設置成從拆卸鎖定件541的基體5412向後延伸,而在其它實施例中,卡鉤部5411也可以設置成從拆卸鎖定件541的基體5412向前延伸,本發明對此不做限制。 As shown in Figures 51 and 52, a disassembly locking member 541 is disposed on the bottom surface of the seat portion 111 of the seat 1. The disassembly locking member 541 includes a hook portion 5411 and a base 5412 connected to each other. One end of the base 5412 is connected to the bottom surface of the seat portion 111, and the other end is connected to the hook portion 5411. In this embodiment, the disassembly locking member 541 is an integrally formed structure. When the disassembly locking member 541 is in the third position, the hook portion 5411 engages with the engagement hole 544, fixing the seat 1 relative to the mounting base 435. When the disassembly locking member 541 is in the fourth position, the hook portion 5411 disengages from the engagement hole 544, allowing the seat 1 to be separated from the mounting base 435. The number of disassembly locking elements 541 is at least two, and the number of engaging holes 544 corresponds to the number of disassembly locking elements 541. At least two disassembly locking elements 541 are evenly distributed on the side of the seat portion 111 facing the mounting base 435, so that the seat assembly 100 can be more stably fixed to the mounting base 435. The hook portions 5411 of the plurality of disassembly locking elements 541 extend in the same direction or are parallel to each other. The multiple hook portions 5411 can be the same or different in shape and size, as long as they can engage or disengage with the corresponding engaging hole 544 when the seat assembly 100 moves. In this embodiment, the number of disassembly locking members 541 is four, and the number of engaging holes 544 is also four. Specifically, the mounting base 435 has a generally rectangular top surface, and the four engaging holes 544 are located near the four apex corners of the top surface of the mounting base 435. In this embodiment, the hook portion 5411 is configured to extend rearward from the base 5412 of the disassembly locking member 541. However, in other embodiments, the hook portion 5411 may also be configured to extend forward from the base 5412 of the disassembly locking member 541. This invention does not impose any limitation on this arrangement.

在一些實施例中,如圖53和圖54所示,拆卸釋鎖件542可操作地設置於座椅組件100,拆卸釋鎖件542具有卡合凸部5421,拆卸釋鎖件542在第六釋鎖位置(也可以稱為拆卸釋鎖位置)和第六鎖定位置(也可以稱為拆卸鎖定位置)之間可切換。當拆卸釋鎖件542位於第六鎖定位置時,卡合凸部5421能夠與卡合凹部545卡合以將拆卸鎖定件541限制在第三位置。當拆卸釋鎖件542位於釋鎖位置時,卡合凸部5421與卡合凹部545解除卡合,使得拆卸鎖定件541在第四位置。在本實施例中,拆卸釋鎖件542設置於座椅1的座部111的前側,而在其它實施例中,拆卸釋鎖件542也可以設置於座椅1的座部111的後側、左側或者右側,本發明不以此為限。座椅組件100設置有容納孔1014,具體地,容納孔1014貫穿座椅1的座部111。拆卸釋鎖件542的卡合凸部5421能夠穿過容納孔1014與卡合凹部545卡合,拆卸釋鎖件542的遠離卡合凸部5421的一端設置有操作凹部5422以便於操作拆卸釋鎖件542,操作凹部5422至少部分地伸出容納孔1014。 In some embodiments, as shown in Figures 53 and 54, a release mechanism 542 is operably disposed on the seat assembly 100. The release mechanism 542 has an engaging protrusion 5421 and is switchable between a sixth release position (also referred to as a release release position) and a sixth locking position (also referred to as a release locking position). When the release mechanism 542 is in the sixth locking position, the engaging protrusion 5421 engages with the engaging recess 545 to restrict the release locking member 541 to a third position. When the release mechanism 542 is in the release position, the engaging protrusion 5421 disengages from the engaging recess 545, causing the release locking member 541 to be in a fourth position. In this embodiment, the release mechanism 542 is located on the front side of the seat portion 111 of the seat 1. In other embodiments, the release mechanism 542 may also be located on the rear, left, or right side of the seat portion 111 of the seat 1; this invention is not limited thereto. The seat assembly 100 is provided with a receiving hole 1014, specifically, the receiving hole 1014 penetrates the seat portion 111 of the seat 1. The engaging protrusion 5421 of the release mechanism 542 can pass through the receiving hole 1014 and engage with the engaging recess 545. An operating recess 5422 is provided at one end of the release mechanism 542 away from the engaging protrusion 5421 to facilitate operation of the release mechanism 542. The operating recess 5422 at least partially extends out of the receiving hole 1014.

本實施例中,如圖45和53所示,座椅組件100還包括止擋件1113。止擋件1113大致呈T型結構,包括相互連接的止擋部1031和支撐部1032。止擋部1031的一端固定於座部111的大致前邊緣中部連接,另一端連接於支撐部1032的大致中部。支撐部1032抵接支撐於餐盤12的下方。如此,嬰幼兒乘坐於座椅1上時,嬰幼兒的雙腿分別從止擋部1031的兩側伸出,而止擋部1031止擋於嬰幼兒的胯部以防止嬰幼兒從座椅1上滑落。止擋部1031的前側面設有與容納孔1014連通的安裝槽10311,拆卸釋鎖件542的至少設有操作凹部5422的部分位於安裝槽10311內以便被操作。在其他實施例中,也可以不設置操作凹部5422,或者在拆卸釋鎖件542的遠離卡合凸的一端設置拉環等便於操作拆卸釋鎖件542部件。 In this embodiment, as shown in Figures 45 and 53, the seat assembly 100 further includes a stop member 1113. The stop member 1113 is generally T-shaped and includes a stop portion 1031 and a support portion 1032 connected to each other. One end of the stop portion 1031 is fixed to the middle of the generally front edge of the seat portion 111, and the other end is connected to the middle of the generally central part of the support portion 1032. The support portion 1032 abuts against and supports the underside of the tray 12. Thus, when an infant or toddler sits in the seat 1, the infant's legs extend from both sides of the stop portion 1031, and the stop portion 1031 stops the infant's hips to prevent the infant or toddler from slipping off the seat 1. The front side of the stop portion 1031 has a mounting groove 10311 communicating with the receiving hole 1014. At least the portion of the release mechanism 542 with the operating recess 5422 is located within the mounting groove 10311 for operation. In other embodiments, the operating recess 5422 may be omitted, or a pull ring or other component facilitating operation of the release mechanism 542 may be provided at the end of the release mechanism 542 away from the engaging protrusion.

如圖53和圖54所示,拆卸復位件543設置於座椅組件100和拆卸釋鎖件542之間。拆卸復位件543適於偏壓拆卸釋鎖件542以使拆卸釋鎖件542移向第六鎖定位置。座椅組件100設置有第二容納槽1015,拆卸釋鎖件542還具有抵接部5423,抵接部5423的至少一部分容納於第二容納槽1015,以避免拆卸復位件543發生偏移。拆卸復位件543容納於第二容納槽1015並且與抵接部5423抵接。在本實施例中,抵接部5423設置有向遠離卡合凸部5421方向延伸的第二凸柱5424。拆卸復位件543為壓簧,拆卸復位件543的一端套設於第二凸柱5424,另一端與第二容納槽1015的槽壁抵接,從而進一步減小拆卸復位件543在外力作用下偏移。 As shown in Figures 53 and 54, a release repositioning member 543 is disposed between the seat assembly 100 and the release release member 542. The release repositioning member 543 is adapted to bias the release release member 542 to move the release release member 542 to a sixth locking position. The seat assembly 100 is provided with a second receiving groove 1015, and the release release member 542 also has an abutment portion 5423, at least a portion of which is received in the second receiving groove 1015 to prevent the release repositioning member 543 from shifting. The release repositioning member 543 is received in the second receiving groove 1015 and abuts against the abutment portion 5423. In this embodiment, the abutment portion 5423 is provided with a second protrusion 5424 extending away from the engaging protrusion 5421. The disassembly reset component 543 is a compression spring. One end of the disassembly reset component 543 is sleeved on the second protrusion 5424, and the other end abuts against the groove wall of the second receiving groove 1015, thereby further reducing the displacement of the disassembly reset component 543 under external force.

參照圖52和圖54,本實施例中,當需要拆卸座椅組件100時,提拉拆卸釋鎖件542使拆卸釋鎖件542由第六鎖定位置移動至第六釋鎖位置,從而使得拆卸鎖定件541可以相對於安裝座435移動。此時,將拆卸釋鎖件542保持 在拆卸釋鎖位,同時對座椅組件100施加沿D9方向的外力,使得四個拆卸鎖定件541同時沿D9方向由第三位置移動至第四位置,每個卡鉤部5411沿著連接槽4358退出卡合孔544以解除每個卡鉤部5411與對應的卡合孔544的卡合,從而使得座椅組件100相對於安裝座435可分離。當座椅組件100與安裝座435分離後,撤去外力,拆卸釋鎖件542在拆卸復位件543的彈性回復力作用下由第六釋鎖位置自動地回復至第六鎖定位置。 Referring to Figures 52 and 54, in this embodiment, when the seat assembly 100 needs to be disassembled, the disassembly release member 542 is pulled up to move from the sixth locking position to the sixth releasing position, thereby allowing the disassembly lock member 541 to move relative to the mounting base 435. At this time, the disassembly release member 542 is held in the disassembly release position, and an external force along the D9 direction is applied to the seat assembly 100, causing all four disassembly lock members 541 to move simultaneously from the third position to the fourth position along the D9 direction. Each hook portion 5411 exits the engagement hole 544 along the connecting groove 4358 to release the engagement of each hook portion 5411 with the corresponding engagement hole 544, thereby allowing the seat assembly 100 to be separated from the mounting base 435. After the seat assembly 100 is separated from the mounting base 435, and the external force is removed, the release release component 542 automatically returns from the sixth release position to the sixth locked position under the elastic restoring force of the release reset component 543.

當需要安裝座椅組件100時,將每個拆卸鎖定件541插接於相應的連接槽4358並且將每個卡鉤部5411對準相應的卡合孔544,同時使拆卸釋鎖件542在外力作用下,例如卡合凸所受到基座5的擠壓力作用下,由第六鎖定位置移動至第六釋鎖位置。將拆卸鎖定件541保持在第六釋鎖位置,並沿D10方向推動座椅組件100,使得拆卸鎖定件541沿D10方向移動至第六鎖定位置。此時,拆卸釋鎖件542的卡合凸部5421對準卡合凹部545,卡合凸部5421不再受基座5的擠壓力,拆卸釋鎖件542在拆卸復位件543的彈性回復力作用下移動至第六鎖定位置,從而實現將座椅組件100固定連接至安裝座435。 When the seat assembly 100 needs to be installed, each disassembly locking member 541 is inserted into the corresponding connecting groove 4358 and each hook portion 5411 is aligned with the corresponding engaging hole 544. At the same time, the disassembly releasing member 542 is moved from the sixth locking position to the sixth releasing position under the action of external force, such as the squeezing force of the base 5 on the engaging protrusion. The disassembly locking member 541 is held in the sixth releasing position, and the seat assembly 100 is pushed in the D10 direction, so that the disassembly locking member 541 moves in the D10 direction to the sixth locking position. At this point, the engaging protrusion 5421 of the release mechanism 542 aligns with the engaging recess 545, and the engaging protrusion 5421 is no longer subjected to the squeezing force of the base 5. Under the elastic restoring force of the release mechanism 543, the release mechanism 542 moves to the sixth locking position, thereby securing the seat assembly 100 to the mounting base 435.

在一些實施例中,如圖55和圖56所示,餐盤12通過餐盤調整機構12A與座椅1連接。具體地,餐盤12可拆卸地連接於座椅1的兩個側部113,並且可以相對於兩個側部113移動。座椅1的兩個側部113的上邊緣向外突出形成扶手部115。在其他未示的實施例中,餐盤12可以僅與座椅1的其中一個側部113連接。或者餐盤12通過其他部件,例如固定於座椅1的側部113的連接座,與座椅1連接。為便於描述,以下以位於座椅1其中一側的側部113與餐盤12之間的連接為例進行說明。 In some embodiments, as shown in Figures 55 and 56, the plate 12 is connected to the seat 1 via a plate adjustment mechanism 12A. Specifically, the plate 12 is detachably connected to both sides 113 of the seat 1 and can move relative to the two sides 113. The upper edges of the two sides 113 of the seat 1 project outward to form armrests 115. In other embodiments not shown, the plate 12 may be connected to only one side 113 of the seat 1. Alternatively, the plate 12 may be connected to the seat 1 via other components, such as a connecting seat fixed to the side 113 of the seat 1. For ease of description, the connection between the plate 12 and one side 113 of the seat 1 will be described below as an example.

如圖56至圖58所示,餐盤調整機構12A包括餐盤釋鎖件1251、調整復位件1252和設置於座椅1的側部113的多個檔位槽1253。多個檔位槽1253位於扶手部115的下方。以餐盤12的能夠載荷(例如放置餐具等)的一面為正面121(參見圖55),背離該正面121的一面為背面122。餐盤12設置有連接板123以引導餐盤12沿連接板123的延伸方向移動。連接板123設置孔124以供餐盤釋鎖件1251穿過。餐盤12還設置有限位部125,限位部125設置於連接板123的一端。限位部125能夠與座椅1的側部113抵接以限制餐盤12的移動行程。在本實施例中,連接板123和限位部125均設置於餐盤12的背面122。連接板123和限位部125均設置有加強肋板126,以分別增加二者的抗變形強度。 As shown in Figures 56 to 58, the plate adjustment mechanism 12A includes a plate release mechanism 1251, an adjustment reset mechanism 1252, and multiple position slots 1253 disposed on the side 113 of the seat 1. The multiple position slots 1253 are located below the armrest portion 115. The side of the plate 12 capable of bearing load (e.g., placing cutlery) is designated as the front face 121 (see Figure 55), and the side opposite to the front face 121 is designated as the back face 122. The plate 12 is provided with a connecting plate 123 to guide the plate 12 to move along the extending direction of the connecting plate 123. The connecting plate 123 is provided with a hole 124 for the plate release mechanism 1251 to pass through. The plate 12 also includes a limiting portion 125, which is located at one end of the connecting plate 123. The limiting portion 125 abuts against the side 113 of the seat 1 to restrict the movement of the plate 12. In this embodiment, both the connecting plate 123 and the limiting portion 125 are located on the back 122 of the plate 12. Both the connecting plate 123 and the limiting portion 125 are provided with reinforcing ribs 126 to increase their resistance to deformation.

參見圖57,餐盤釋鎖件1251具有卡合部12511和第二操作部12512,第二操作部12512凸出於卡合部12511並向遠離背面122的方向延伸。餐盤釋鎖件1251可移動地設置於餐盤12。具體地,餐盤釋鎖件1251可移動地插設在孔124。第二操作部12512能夠與連接板123的一側相抵以限制餐盤釋鎖件1251的移動行程。參照圖56至圖57,餐盤釋鎖件1251設置有條形槽1513,餐盤12設置有連接銷127,連接銷127與條形槽1513插接配合。連接銷127沿條形槽1513可移動並且連接銷127能與條形槽1513的端部抵接以限制餐盤釋鎖件1251的移動行程。在其他實施例中,也可以是餐盤12設置有條形槽1513,餐盤釋鎖件1251設置有連接銷127,連接銷127與條形槽1513插接配合。 Referring to Figure 57, the plate release mechanism 1251 has an engaging portion 12511 and a second operating portion 12512. The second operating portion 12512 protrudes from the engaging portion 12511 and extends away from the back surface 122. The plate release mechanism 1251 is movably disposed on the plate 12. Specifically, the plate release mechanism 1251 is movably inserted into the hole 124. The second operating portion 12512 can abut against one side of the connecting plate 123 to limit the travel of the plate release mechanism 1251. Referring to Figures 56 and 57, the plate release mechanism 1251 is provided with a slot 1513, and the plate 12 is provided with a connecting pin 127, which engages with the slot 1513. The connecting pin 127 is movable along the slot 1513 and abuts against the end of the slot 1513 to limit the travel of the plate release mechanism 1251. In other embodiments, the plate 12 may have the slot 1513, and the plate release mechanism 1251 may have the connecting pin 127, which engages with the slot 1513.

如圖56和圖57所示,調整復位件1252設置於餐盤釋鎖件1251和餐盤12之間,調整復位件1252適於偏壓餐盤釋鎖件1251以使餐盤釋鎖件1251移向第七鎖定位置(也可以稱為餐盤鎖定位置)。具體地,調整復位件1252容納於條形槽1513。調整復位件1252的一端與條形槽1513的端部抵接,調整復位件 1252的另一端與連接銷127抵接。餐盤釋鎖件1251具有第七鎖定位置和第七釋鎖位置(也可以稱為餐盤釋鎖位置)。當餐盤釋鎖件1251位於第七鎖定位置時,卡合部12511與多個檔位槽1253中之至少一者卡合以將餐盤12固定在座椅1上。具體地,卡合部12511穿過孔124與多個檔位槽1253中之一者卡合。此時,卡合部12511和第二操作部12512分別位於連接板123的兩側。餐盤12安裝後,連接板123位於扶手部115下方並且與扶手部115卡合,從而在上下方向對餐盤12進一步定位,增加餐盤12在此方向上的連接強度。當餐盤釋鎖件1251位於第七釋鎖位置時,卡合部12511與多個檔位槽1253中之至少一者解除卡合,使得餐盤12能夠與座椅1分離或者相對於座椅1可移動。具體地,卡合部12511由該檔位槽1253退出,使得餐盤12既能夠從座椅1上分離,又能夠沿著連接板123移動。在本實施例中,連接板123大致沿兒童座椅的前後方向延伸。餐盤12的移動方向大致為前後方向。餐盤釋鎖件1251的移動方向大致垂直於連接板123的延伸方向,也即餐盤釋鎖件1251能夠大致沿兒童座椅的左右方向移動。應當理解,本文中的前方為乘坐於兒童座椅的兒童所面向的方向,本文中的後方為乘坐於兒童座椅的兒童所背向的方向,本文中的左右方向相應地為乘坐於兒童座椅的兒童左右方向。 As shown in Figures 56 and 57, an adjusting reset member 1252 is disposed between the plate release member 1251 and the plate 12. The adjusting reset member 1252 is adapted to bias the plate release member 1251 so that the plate release member 1251 moves to the seventh locking position (also referred to as the plate locking position). Specifically, the adjusting reset member 1252 is accommodated in the slot 1513. One end of the adjusting reset member 1252 abuts against the end of the slot 1513, and the other end of the adjusting reset member 1252 abuts against the connecting pin 127. The plate release member 1251 has a seventh locking position and a seventh release position (also referred to as the plate release position). When the plate release mechanism 1251 is in the seventh locked position, the engaging portion 12511 engages with at least one of the multiple position slots 1253 to secure the plate 12 to the seat 1. Specifically, the engaging portion 12511 engages with one of the multiple position slots 1253 through the hole 124. At this time, the engaging portion 12511 and the second operating portion 12512 are located on both sides of the connecting plate 123. After the plate 12 is installed, the connecting plate 123 is located below the armrest portion 115 and engages with the armrest portion 115, thereby further positioning the plate 12 in the vertical direction and increasing the connection strength of the plate 12 in this direction. When the tray release mechanism 1251 is in the seventh release position, the engaging portion 12511 disengages from at least one of the plurality of position slots 1253, allowing the tray 12 to detach from the seat 1 or move relative to the seat 1. Specifically, the engaging portion 12511 disengages from the position slot 1253, allowing the tray 12 to both detach from the seat 1 and move along the connecting plate 123. In this embodiment, the connecting plate 123 extends substantially along the front-to-back direction of the child seat. The tray 12 moves substantially in the front-to-back direction. The tray release mechanism 1251 moves substantially perpendicular to the extension direction of the connecting plate 123, that is, the tray release mechanism 1251 can move substantially along the left-to-right direction of the child seat. It should be understood that "front" in this text refers to the direction the child is facing while seated in the child seat, "back" refers to the direction the child is facing away from while seated in the child seat, and "left" and "right" refer to the directions the child is facing to the left and right while seated in the child seat.

當需要調節或者拆卸餐盤12時,可以同時推動兩側的餐盤釋鎖件1251,使餐盤釋鎖件1251由第七鎖定位置移動至第七釋鎖位置,餐盤釋鎖件1251的卡合部12511退出檔位槽1253。此時,可以沿連接板123的延伸方向移動餐盤12,或者可以將餐盤12從座椅1上拆卸下來。當餐盤12移動至合適的位置時,多個檔位槽1253中之一者與卡合部12511對齊,此時釋放外力,餐盤釋鎖件1251在調整復位件1252的彈性回復力作用下由第七釋鎖位置向第七鎖定位置 移動,使得餐盤釋鎖件1251的卡合部12511與相對應的檔位槽1253卡合。由此實現餐盤12的位置調節。 When it is necessary to adjust or remove the plate 12, the plate release parts 1251 on both sides can be pushed simultaneously, so that the plate release parts 1251 move from the seventh locked position to the seventh unlocked position, and the engaging part 12511 of the plate release parts 1251 disengages from the position groove 1253. At this time, the plate 12 can be moved along the extending direction of the connecting plate 123, or the plate 12 can be removed from the seat 1. When the plate 12 moves to the appropriate position, one of the multiple position slots 1253 aligns with the engaging part 12511. At this point, external force is released, and the plate release element 1251, under the elastic restoring force of the adjusting reset element 1252, moves from the seventh unlocking position to the seventh locking position, causing the engaging part 12511 of the plate release element 1251 to engage with the corresponding position slot 1253. This achieves position adjustment of the plate 12.

本第三實施例中基座5和支腿6的結構,以及基座5和支腿6的連接關係可以參考上面第二實施例中的描述。也即,本第三實施例中包括第二實施例中所述的支架組件300。 The structure of the base 5 and the support leg 6 in this third embodiment, as well as the connection relationship between the base 5 and the support leg 6, can be referred to the description in the second embodiment above. That is, this third embodiment includes the support assembly 300 described in the second embodiment.

更具體地,基座5可以包括第二實施例中所述的上殼體501、中間殼體503和下殼體502,各個支腿6可以通過連動件762與第一滑動件761連接,第一滑動件761沿著基座5內的滑道5031在豎直方向上滑動。第一滑動件761還和穩定件763連接。本第三實施例中的容置孔5211對應於第二實施例中下殼體502的底部中心孔。本第三實施例中的調整座436可以自第二實施例中的上殼體501的中心孔5010中進入到中間殼體503的中心孔5030中。調整座436可以相對於基座5繞軸線R-R轉動。另外,第二實施例中的座椅1的底部轉盤100a可以對應於本第三實施例中的安裝座435,第二實施例的座椅1可以通過本第三實施例中的座椅調整裝置400與基座5可相對轉動地連接。 More specifically, the base 5 may include the upper shell 501, the middle shell 503, and the lower shell 502 described in the second embodiment. Each support leg 6 can be connected to the first sliding member 761 via a linkage 762. The first sliding member 761 slides vertically along a slide rail 5031 within the base 5. The first sliding member 761 is also connected to a stabilizer 763. The receiving hole 5211 in this third embodiment corresponds to the bottom center hole of the lower shell 502 in the second embodiment. The adjusting seat 436 in this third embodiment can enter the center hole 5030 of the middle shell 503 from the center hole 5010 of the upper shell 501 in the second embodiment. The adjusting seat 436 can rotate relative to the base 5 about an axis R-R. Furthermore, the bottom turntable 100a of the seat 1 in the second embodiment corresponds to the mounting base 435 in this third embodiment, and the seat 1 of the second embodiment can be rotatably connected to the base 5 via the seat adjustment device 400 in this third embodiment.

第四實施例 Fourth Implementation Example

本發明一實施例提供一種兒童座椅(或者稱為兒童座椅具、高腳椅、椅具)。該兒童座椅具有多種使用模式以適用於不同人群的使用需求,且結構簡單,容易製造。 This invention provides a child seat (or child chair, high chair, or chair). This child seat has multiple usage modes to suit the needs of different users, and has a simple structure and is easy to manufacture.

如圖59和圖61所示,兒童座椅包括椅具本體2000和座椅組件100。座椅組件100可拆卸地連接於椅具本體2000。座椅組件100包括座椅(也可以稱為座椅本體)1、止擋件1113和餐盤12。如圖63所示,座椅1包括座部111、連接於座部111的背靠部(也可以稱為背部)112、與座部111和背靠部 112分別連接的兩個側部113。座部111、背靠部112和兩個側部113共同限定座椅組件100的乘坐空間。請一並參照圖68,止擋件1113大致呈T型結構,包括相互連接的止擋部1131和支撐部1132。止擋部1131的一端連接於支撐部1132的大致中部,止擋部1131也可與支撐部1132一體成型。支撐部1132連接於餐盤12的底部。如此,兒童乘坐於座椅組件100上時,兒童的雙腿分別從止擋部1131的兩側伸出,而止擋部1131止擋於兒童的胯部以將兒童限制在乘坐空間內,防止兒童從座椅組件100上滑落。餐盤12位於止擋件1113的支撐部1132的上方,以便於兒童用餐。餐盤12可拆卸地連接於兩個側部113並且能夠相對於兩個側部113移動,以使座椅組件100能夠適應不同體型的兒童乘坐。 As shown in Figures 59 and 61, the child seat includes a chair body 2000 and a seat assembly 100. The seat assembly 100 is detachably connected to the chair body 2000. The seat assembly 100 includes a seat (also referred to as the seat body) 1, a stop member 1113, and a tray 12. As shown in Figure 63, the seat 1 includes a seat portion 111, a backrest portion (also referred to as the backrest) 112 connected to the seat portion 111, and two side portions 113 respectively connected to the seat portion 111 and the backrest portion 112. The seat portion 111, the backrest portion 112, and the two side portions 113 together define the seating space of the seat assembly 100. Referring also to Figure 68, the stop member 1113 is generally T-shaped and includes a stop portion 1131 and a support portion 1132 connected to each other. One end of the stop 1131 is connected to approximately the middle of the support 1132, and the stop 1131 may also be integrally formed with the support 1132. The support 1132 is connected to the bottom of the tray 12. Thus, when a child sits on the seat assembly 100, the child's legs extend from both sides of the stop 1131, and the stop 1131 stops at the child's hips to confine the child within the seating space and prevent the child from slipping off the seat assembly 100. The tray 12 is located above the support 1132 of the stop 1113 to facilitate the child's dining. The tray 12 is detachably connected to both sides 113 and can move relative to the sides 113 to allow the seat assembly 100 to accommodate children of different sizes.

當座椅組件100安裝於椅具本體2000上時,如圖59所示,兒童座椅處於第一使用模式,即高腳餐椅模式。該模式適用於大約六個月至三歲的嬰幼兒與成人同桌進餐使用,嬰幼兒可以乘坐於乘坐空間內而不容易從高腳餐椅上滑落。當座椅組件100從椅具本體2000上拆卸下來時,如圖60所示,兒童座椅處於第二使用模式,即成人椅模式,該模式適用於大約12歲以上的成人使用。該模式下的兒童座椅不局限於作為餐椅使用,還可用於學習或遊戲等多種場合中。 When the seat assembly 100 is installed on the chair body 2000, as shown in Figure 59, the child seat is in its first usage mode, namely, high chair mode. This mode is suitable for infants and toddlers aged approximately six months to three years to eat at the same table with adults, as the infants and toddlers can sit comfortably without easily slipping off the high chair. When the seat assembly 100 is detached from the chair body 2000, as shown in Figure 60, the child seat is in its second usage mode, namely, adult chair mode, which is suitable for adults aged approximately 12 years and older. In this mode, the child seat is not limited to use as a high chair; it can also be used in various settings such as learning or play.

具體地,如圖59和圖60所示,椅具本體2000包括座板822、連接於座板822的支架組件(也可以稱為支腳組件)200以及連接於座板822的背靠825。支架組件200包括多個支腿(也可以稱為支撐腳)6。每一支腿6包括第一支腿601和第二支腿602。第一支腿601的一端與座板822可轉動地連接,另一端與第二支腿602可拆卸地連接。如圖61所示,當座椅組件100安裝於椅具本體2000上且第二支腿602從第一支腿601上拆卸時,兒童座椅處於第三使用模式, 即小餐椅模式。該模式適用於大約六個月至3歲的嬰幼兒進餐使用,相較於第一使用模式,該模式下的兒童座椅高度較矮,佔用空間較小,方便嬰幼兒自主進出兒童座椅,還可以便於固定於普通餐椅上使用。如圖62所示,當座椅組件100從椅具本體2000上拆卸下來且第二支腿602也從第一支腿601上拆卸時,兒童座椅處於第四使用模式,即兒童座椅模式,該模式適用於大約3歲至12歲的嬰幼兒或兒童使用,該模式下的兒童座椅不局限於作為餐椅使用,還可用於學習或遊戲等多種場合中。本實施例的兒童座椅有多種使用模式,滿足了不同場景下的使用需求,提高了兒童座椅的使用效率。 Specifically, as shown in Figures 59 and 60, the chair body 2000 includes a seat 822, a support assembly (also referred to as a leg assembly) 200 connected to the seat 822, and a backrest 825 connected to the seat 822. The support assembly 200 includes multiple legs (also referred to as support feet) 6. Each leg 6 includes a first leg 601 and a second leg 602. One end of the first leg 601 is rotatably connected to the seat 822, and the other end is detachably connected to the second leg 602. As shown in Figure 61, when the seat assembly 100 is mounted on the chair body 2000 and the second leg 602 is detached from the first leg 601, the child seat is in a third usage mode, namely, a high chair mode. This mode is suitable for infants and toddlers aged approximately six months to three years for mealtime use. Compared to the first mode, the child seat in this mode is lower and occupies less space, making it easier for infants and toddlers to get in and out of the child seat independently. It can also be easily fixed to a regular high chair. As shown in Figure 62, when the seat assembly 100 is detached from the chair body 2000 and the second leg 602 is also detached from the first leg 601, the child seat is in the fourth mode, namely the child seat mode. This mode is suitable for infants and toddlers aged approximately three to twelve years. In this mode, the child seat is not limited to use as a high chair; it can also be used in various settings such as learning or play. This embodiment of the child seat has multiple usage modes, meeting the needs of different scenarios and improving the efficiency of the child seat's use.

當然,在其他實施例中,當用戶只需要使用第二使用模式和第四使用模式時,兒童座椅也可以只包括椅具本體2000。或者,當用戶只需要使用第一使用模式和第三使用模式時,兒童座椅也可以包括座椅組件100和椅具本體2000,椅具本體2000的每個支腿6中的第一支腿601和第二支腿602均以不可拆卸的方式連接,或者每個支腿6均為一體成型結構。或者當用戶只需要使用第三使用模式和第四使用模式時,兒童座椅也可以包括座椅組件100和椅具本體2000,椅具本體2000的每個支腿6僅包括第一支腿601。總之,兒童座椅可以根據用戶的需要而具有不同的組成結構。 Of course, in other embodiments, when the user only needs to use the second and fourth usage modes, the child seat may only include the seat body 2000. Alternatively, when the user only needs to use the first and third usage modes, the child seat may include the seat assembly 100 and the seat body 2000, where the first leg 601 and second leg 602 of each support leg 6 of the seat body 2000 are non-detachably connected, or each support leg 6 is a one-piece structure. Alternatively, when the user only needs to use the third and fourth usage modes, the child seat may also include the seat assembly 100 and the seat body 2000, where each support leg 6 of the seat body 2000 includes only the first leg 601. In short, the child seat can have different configurations depending on the user's needs.

在一些實施例中,如圖63至圖65所示,椅具本體2000通過座椅拆卸機構800與座椅組件100可拆卸地連接。座椅拆卸機構800包括第一連接件831和第二連接件832。縱向方向Q1即高腳椅在正常使用下的前後方向,橫向方向Q2即高腳椅在正常使用下的左右方向,豎直方向V即高腳椅在正常使用下的高度方向。 In some embodiments, as shown in Figures 63 to 65, the chair body 2000 is detachably connected to the seat assembly 100 via a seat removal mechanism 800. The seat removal mechanism 800 includes a first connecting member 831 and a second connecting member 832. The longitudinal direction Q1 is the front-to-back direction of the high chair under normal use; the transverse direction Q2 is the left-to-right direction of the high chair under normal use; and the vertical direction V is the height direction of the high chair under normal use.

參見圖63,第一連接件831可轉動地設置於座椅組件100並且能夠在第五鎖定位置(也可以稱為拆卸鎖定位置)和第五釋鎖位置(也可以稱為拆卸釋鎖位置)之間切換。具體地,第一連接件831設置於座椅組件100的背靠部112。背靠825設置有連接孔8251。以背靠825的面向前方的一面為正面8252,以背靠825的面向後方的一面為背面8253。當第一連接件831位於第五釋鎖位置時,第一連接件831能夠隨著座椅組件100沿縱向方向N(參見圖67)移動,也即第一連接件831可以從背靠825的正面8252穿過連接孔8251而到達背靠825的背面8253,或者第一連接件831也可以從背靠825的背面8253退出連接孔8251而到達背靠825的正面8252,此時座椅組件100與椅具本體2000可分離。當座椅組件100安裝至椅具本體2000時,當轉動第一連接件831特定角度使得第一連接件831處於第五鎖定位置時,座椅組件100的背靠部112和第一連接件831分別位於背靠825的前後兩側,且第一連接件831與背靠825抵接。即,座椅組件100位於背靠825的正面8252,第一連接件831位於背靠825的背面8253,且第一連接件831能夠與背靠825的背面8253抵接。此時,由於背靠825夾持在第一連接件831與座椅組件100的背靠部112之間,背靠部112限制座椅組件100相對於背靠825往後移動,處於第五鎖定位置的第一連接件831限制座椅組件100相對於背靠825向前移動,從而使得座椅組件100相對於椅具本體2000相對固定。 Referring to Figure 63, the first connector 831 is rotatably disposed on the seat assembly 100 and can be switched between a fifth locked position (also referred to as a disengaged locked position) and a fifth unlocked position (also referred to as a disengaged unlocked position). Specifically, the first connector 831 is disposed on the backrest portion 112 of the seat assembly 100. The backrest 825 is provided with a connecting hole 8251. The front side of the backrest 825 is designated as the front face 8252, and the rear side of the backrest 825 is designated as the back face 8253. When the first connector 831 is in the fifth unlocked position, the first connector 831 can move along the longitudinal direction N (see Figure 67) with the seat assembly 100. That is, the first connector 831 can pass through the connection hole 8251 from the front 8252 of the backrest 825 to the back 825 8253, or the first connector 831 can exit from the back 825 8253 of the backrest 825 to the front 8252 of the backrest 825. At this time, the seat assembly 100 and the chair body 2000 can be separated. When the seat assembly 100 is installed on the chair body 2000, when the first connector 831 is rotated by a specific angle to the fifth locking position, the backrest 112 of the seat assembly 100 and the first connector 831 are respectively located on the front and rear sides of the backrest 825, and the first connector 831 abuts against the backrest 825. That is, the seat assembly 100 is located on the front 8252 of the backrest 825, the first connector 831 is located on the back 8253 of the backrest 825, and the first connector 831 can abut against the back 8253 of the backrest 825. At this time, since the backrest 825 is sandwiched between the first connector 831 and the backrest portion 112 of the seat assembly 100, the backrest portion 112 restricts the seat assembly 100 from moving backward relative to the backrest 825, and the first connector 831, in the fifth locking position, restricts the seat assembly 100 from moving forward relative to the backrest 825, thereby fixing the seat assembly 100 relative to the chair body 2000.

如圖63至圖65所示,座椅組件100的背靠部112設置有能夠與連接孔8251插接配合的連接凸104,第一連接件831可轉動地連接於連接凸104。連接凸104的外輪廓的至少一部分與連接孔8251的側壁相抵,以避免連接凸104在第一連接孔8251內擺動或者晃動。在本實施例中,連接凸104的外輪廓形狀與連接孔8251的形狀相同,連接凸104的在某一平面的橫截面積等於或者略小 於連接孔8251的在這一平面的橫截面積。當連接凸104完全插入連接孔8251時,連接凸104的端面略微伸出連接孔8251或者與連接孔8251的端部齊平。由此提高了座椅組件100與椅具本體2000之間連接的穩定性,避免了座椅組件100固定在椅具本體2000上時,座椅組件100相對於椅具本體2000晃動或者擺動。在本實施例中,連接凸104、第一連接件831以及連接孔8251的數量均為兩個,使得座椅組件100與椅具本體2000的連接更為穩固。在其他實施例中,連接凸104、第一連接件831以及連接孔8251的數量可以是一個或者大於兩個。 As shown in Figures 63 to 65, the backrest portion 112 of the seat assembly 100 is provided with a connecting protrusion 104 that can be inserted into a connecting hole 8251. A first connecting member 831 is rotatably connected to the connecting protrusion 104. At least a portion of the outer contour of the connecting protrusion 104 abuts against the side wall of the connecting hole 8251 to prevent the connecting protrusion 104 from swinging or shaking within the first connecting hole 8251. In this embodiment, the outer contour shape of the connecting protrusion 104 is the same as the shape of the connecting hole 8251, and the cross-sectional area of the connecting protrusion 104 in a certain plane is equal to or slightly smaller than the cross-sectional area of the connecting hole 8251 in that plane. When the connecting protrusion 104 is fully inserted into the connecting hole 8251, the end face of the connecting protrusion 104 slightly protrudes from the connecting hole 8251 or is flush with the end of the connecting hole 8251. This improves the stability of the connection between the seat assembly 100 and the chair body 2000, preventing the seat assembly 100 from wobbling or swaying relative to the chair body 2000 when it is fixed to the chair body 2000. In this embodiment, there are two connecting protrusions 104, two first connecting members 831, and two connecting holes 8251, making the connection between the seat assembly 100 and the chair body 2000 more stable. In other embodiments, the number of connecting protrusions 104, two first connecting members 831, and two connecting holes 8251 may be one or more.

參照圖64至圖66,背靠825的背面8253設置有定位凸8254,第一連接件831相應地設置有定位凹8311。定位凹8311設置在第一連接件831的面向背靠825的背面8253的一面。當第一連接件831位於第五鎖定位置時,定位凸8254與定位凹8311卡合,由此限制了第一連接件831的進一步轉動,避免了第一連接件831被意外轉動至第五釋鎖位置。第一連接件831由具有一定彈性形變量的材料製成,例如由塑膠材料製成。如此,使得第一連接件831在被操作時能夠發生形變以越過定位凸8254而在第五鎖定位置和第五釋鎖位置之間轉動。在其他實施例中,還可以是背靠825的背面8253設置定位凹8311,第一連接件831相應地設置定位凸8254。對此,本發明不作限制。參照圖64和圖65,背靠825的背面8253設置有凹部8255,當第一連接件831處於第五鎖定位置時,第一連接件831穿過連接孔8251並且與凹部8255的底壁抵接。凹部8255的底壁為平面,在背靠825具有一定彎曲弧度的情況下,凹部8255的底壁能為第一連接件831提供一個較為平坦的旋轉空間,從而便於定位凸8254和定位凹8311的設置,且便於用戶操作。定位凸8254設置於凹部8255的底壁。在本實施例中,第一連接件831為兩個,兩個第一連接件831左右對稱地分布在座椅組件100的背 靠825上。在其他實施例中,第一連接件831可以是一個或者大於兩個。對於第一連接件831的數量,本發明不作限制。 Referring to Figures 64 to 66, a positioning protrusion 8254 is provided on the back side 8253 of the backrest 825, and a corresponding positioning recess 8311 is provided on the first connector 831. The positioning recess 8311 is located on the side of the first connector 831 facing the back side 8253 of the backrest 825. When the first connector 831 is in the fifth locked position, the positioning protrusion 8254 engages with the positioning recess 8311, thereby restricting further rotation of the first connector 831 and preventing the first connector 831 from being accidentally rotated to the fifth unlocked position. The first connector 831 is made of a material with a certain amount of elastic deformation, such as plastic. This allows the first connector 831 to deform when operated, allowing it to rotate between the fifth locked position and the fifth unlocked position over the positioning protrusion 8254. In other embodiments, a positioning recess 8311 may be provided on the back surface 8253 of the backrest 825, and a corresponding positioning protrusion 8254 may be provided on the first connector 831. The present invention does not limit this. Referring to Figures 64 and 65, a recess 8255 is provided on the back surface 8253 of the backrest 825. When the first connector 831 is in the fifth locking position, the first connector 831 passes through the connecting hole 8251 and abuts against the bottom wall of the recess 8255. The bottom wall of the recess 8255 is flat. When the backrest 825 has a certain curvature, the bottom wall of the recess 8255 can provide a relatively flat rotation space for the first connector 831, thereby facilitating the setting of the positioning protrusion 8254 and the positioning recess 8311, and facilitating user operation. A positioning protrusion 8254 is disposed on the bottom wall of the recess 8255. In this embodiment, there are two first connecting members 831, which are symmetrically distributed on the backrest 825 of the seat assembly 100. In other embodiments, there may be one or more first connecting members 831. The present invention does not limit the number of first connecting members 831.

如圖63和圖67所示,第二連接件832設置於座椅組件100。具體地,第二連接件832設置於座椅組件100的底部。在一些實施例中,第二連接件832連接於或一體成型於座椅組件100的座部111的下表面。本實施例中,座椅拆卸機構800包括兩個第二連接件832,兩個第二連接件832設置於座部111的靠前側的位置。第二連接件832設置有連接槽8321,第二連接件832構造為通過連接槽8321與座板822卡合。具體地,座板822的靠前側的邊緣與連接槽8321卡合。通過第二連接件832與座板822的連接,使得座椅組件100與椅具本體2000之間連接更為穩固。 As shown in Figures 63 and 67, a second connector 832 is disposed on the seat assembly 100. Specifically, the second connector 832 is disposed at the bottom of the seat assembly 100. In some embodiments, the second connector 832 is connected to or integrally formed on the lower surface of the seat portion 111 of the seat assembly 100. In this embodiment, the seat removal mechanism 800 includes two second connectors 832, which are disposed at a forward position on the seat portion 111. The second connector 832 is provided with a connecting groove 8321, and the second connector 832 is configured to engage with the seat plate 822 through the connecting groove 8321. Specifically, the forward edge of the seat plate 822 engages with the connecting groove 8321. The connection between the second connector 832 and the seat plate 822 makes the connection between the seat assembly 100 and the chair body 2000 more stable.

當需要將座椅組件100安裝至椅具本體2000時,轉動第一連接件831至第五釋鎖位置,將第二連接件832的連接槽8321與座板822的前側卡合並使第一連接件831完全穿過連接孔8251(參照圖6)。此時,轉動第一連接件831至第五鎖定位置,第一連接件831與凹部8255的底壁相抵使得座椅組件100被固定在椅具本體2000上,並且第一連接件831的定位凹8311與背靠825的定位凸8254卡合定位,使得第一連接件831固定在第五鎖定位置。當需要將座椅組件100從椅具本體2000上拆卸時,則可以對第一連接件831施加外力,使得第一連接件831轉動,同時定位凹8311與定位凸8254分離,並進一步轉動第一連接件831至第五釋鎖位置。此時,可以移動座椅組件100,使得第一連接件831退出連接孔8251同時連接槽8321與座板822分離,從而實現座椅組件100的拆卸。 When it is necessary to install the seat assembly 100 onto the chair body 2000, rotate the first connector 831 to the fifth unlock position, engage the connecting groove 8321 of the second connector 832 with the front side of the seat plate 822, and make the first connector 831 completely pass through the connecting hole 8251 (see Figure 6). At this time, rotate the first connector 831 to the fifth locking position, and the first connector 831 abuts against the bottom wall of the recess 8255, so that the seat assembly 100 is fixed on the chair body 2000, and the positioning recess 8311 of the first connector 831 engages with the positioning protrusion 8254 of the backrest 825, so that the first connector 831 is fixed in the fifth locking position. When it is necessary to detach the seat assembly 100 from the chair body 2000, an external force can be applied to the first connecting member 831, causing it to rotate. Simultaneously, the positioning recess 8311 and the positioning protrusion 8254 separate, and the first connecting member 831 is further rotated to the fifth unlocked position. At this point, the seat assembly 100 can be moved, causing the first connecting member 831 to disengage from the connecting hole 8251, and simultaneously separating the connecting groove 8321 from the seat plate 822, thereby achieving the disassembly of the seat assembly 100.

進一步地,如圖68至圖72所示,支架組件200除了前文提到的多個支腿6,還包括支腿座(也可以稱為支腳座或者基座)6212、可活動地連接 於多個支腿6的腳踏件6213、以及可滑動地連接於多個支腿6的第二滑動件6214。多個支腿6樞接於支腿座6212。支腿座6212連接於座板822,多個支腿6構造為相對於座板822樞轉以使椅具本體2000在高位狀態和低位狀態之間轉換。高位狀態是指椅具本體2000的座板822相對遠離地面或其支撐面,低位狀態是指椅具本體2000的座板822相對靠近地面或其支撐面。腳踏件6213可活動地連接於多個支腿6。具體地,每一支腿6設置有第二滑動件6214,腳踏件6213與多個第二滑動件6214樞接。在本實施例中,第二滑動件6214例如為滑套,每一滑套套設於對應的支腿6外並且能夠相對於支腿6滑動,腳踏件6213與多個滑套分別樞接。腳踏件6213的與滑套樞接的位置附近設置有加強件62131,以增強腳踏件6213的連接處的強度,從而增強腳踏件6213的強度。腳踏件6213能夠在第一位置和第二位置之間移動以驅動多個支腿6樞轉。 Furthermore, as shown in Figures 68 to 72, the support assembly 200, in addition to the multiple legs 6 mentioned above, also includes a leg seat (also called a footrest or base) 6212, a foot pedal 6213 movably connected to the multiple legs 6, and a second sliding member 6214 slidably connected to the multiple legs 6. The multiple legs 6 are hinged to the leg seat 6212. The leg seat 6212 is connected to the seat plate 822, and the multiple legs 6 are configured to pivot relative to the seat plate 822 to allow the chair body 2000 to switch between a high position and a low position. The high position refers to the seat plate 822 of the chair body 2000 being relatively far from the ground or its support surface, and the low position refers to the seat plate 822 of the chair body 2000 being relatively close to the ground or its support surface. The foot pedal 6213 is movably connected to multiple support legs 6. Specifically, each support leg 6 is provided with a second sliding member 6214, and the foot pedal 6213 is hinged to multiple second sliding members 6214. In this embodiment, the second sliding member 6214 is, for example, a sliding sleeve, each sliding sleeve being fitted over a corresponding support leg 6 and capable of sliding relative to the support leg 6, and the foot pedal 6213 is hinged to multiple sliding sleeves respectively. A reinforcing member 62131 is provided near the position where the foot pedal 6213 is hinged to the sliding sleeve to enhance the strength of the connection of the foot pedal 6213, thereby enhancing the strength of the foot pedal 6213. The foot pedal 6213 can move between a first position and a second position to drive the multiple support legs 6 to rotate.

參照圖59,當腳踏件6213位於第一位置時,多個支腿6相對遠離,椅具本體2000處於低位狀態。請一並參照圖60,當腳踏件6213處於第二位置時,多個支腿6相對靠攏,椅具本體2000處於高位狀態。腳踏件6213在第一位置時相對於其在第二位置時更靠近座板822,也即腳踏件6213的第二位置低於其第一位置。如此,當兒童座椅由如圖59所示的第一使用模式切換至如圖60所示的第二使用模式時,腳踏件6213可以由第一位置移動至第二位置,從而適合身高更高的用戶放置雙腳,同時座板822的高度也相應升高,提高用戶使用舒適度。當兒童座椅由如圖60所示的第二使用模式切換至如圖59所示的第一使用模式時也同理。 Referring to Figure 59, when the footrest 6213 is in the first position, the multiple legs 6 are relatively far apart, and the chair body 2000 is in a low position. Referring also to Figure 60, when the footrest 6213 is in the second position, the multiple legs 6 are relatively close together, and the chair body 2000 is in a high position. The footrest 6213 is closer to the seat 822 in the first position than it is in the second position; that is, the second position of the footrest 6213 is lower than its first position. Thus, when the child seat switches from the first usage mode shown in Figure 59 to the second usage mode shown in Figure 60, the footrest 6213 can move from the first position to the second position, making it suitable for taller users to place their feet. Simultaneously, the height of the seat 822 also increases accordingly, improving user comfort. The same applies when switching the child seat from the second usage mode shown in Figure 60 to the first usage mode shown in Figure 59.

如圖68至圖71所示,多個支腿6中之至少一者設置有第一限位件6215,第一限位件6215位於第二滑動件6214和座板822之間,第一限位件6215 適於與第二滑動件6214抵接以限制腳踏件6213從第一位置繼續向上滑動。多個支腿6中之至少一者設置有第二限位件6216,第二限位件6216適於與第二滑動件6214抵接以限制腳踏件6213從第二位置繼續向下滑動。第一限位件6215位於第二限位件6216的上方。第二滑動件6214能夠在第一限位件6215和第二限位件6216之間移動,從而使得椅具本體2000在低位狀態和高位狀態之間轉換。如此,實現了兒童座椅的高度的調節,使得兒童座椅能夠滿足不同使用場景下的不同使用需求,進一步提高了兒童座椅的使用率。 As shown in Figures 68 to 71, at least one of the plurality of support legs 6 is provided with a first limiting member 6215, which is located between the second sliding member 6214 and the seat plate 822. The first limiting member 6215 is adapted to abut against the second sliding member 6214 to restrict the foot pedal 6213 from continuing to slide upward from the first position. At least one of the plurality of support legs 6 is provided with a second limiting member 6216, which is adapted to abut against the second sliding member 6214 to restrict the foot pedal 6213 from continuing to slide downward from the second position. The first limiting member 6215 is located above the second limiting member 6216. The second sliding member 6214 can move between the first limiting member 6215 and the second limiting member 6216, thereby allowing the chair body 2000 to switch between a low position and a high position. This enables height adjustment of the child seat, allowing it to meet different usage needs in various scenarios and further improving its utilization rate.

如圖68至圖72所示,支腿6的數量為四個,第二滑動件6214相應地設置為四個,四個第二滑動件6214分別與腳踏件6213樞接。為便於描述,以其中一個支腿6為例進行說明。每一支腿6除了前文所述的第一支腿601和第二支腿602,還包括連接關節62113和安裝件62114。支腿座6212設置有關節容納槽62122,關節容納槽62122面向支腿6並能夠容納連接關節62113的至少一部分,連接關節62113能夠相對於關節容納槽62122轉動。支腿座6212設置有與關節容納槽62122的底壁貫通的限位孔62123。安裝件62114設置在支腿座6212的遠離支腿6的一側並且通過例如螺栓等緊固件與連接關節62113連接。安裝件62114具有限位凸部621141,限位凸部621141的至少一部分容納於限位孔62123內。限位凸部621141隨連接關節62113轉動時能與限位孔62123的側壁相抵,從而限定連接關節62113的轉動行程,進而限定支腿6的轉動行程,由此也可以限定椅具本體2000的高位狀態和低位狀態。 As shown in Figures 68 to 72, there are four support legs 6, and four corresponding second sliding members 6214 are provided. Each of the four second sliding members 6214 is connected to a foot pedal 6213. For ease of description, one support leg 6 is used as an example. Each support leg 6, in addition to the first support leg 601 and the second support leg 602 mentioned above, also includes a connecting joint 62113 and a mounting member 62114. The support leg seat 6212 is provided with a joint receiving groove 62122, which faces the support leg 6 and is capable of accommodating at least a portion of the connecting joint 62113. The connecting joint 62113 is rotatable relative to the joint receiving groove 62122. The leg support 6212 has a limiting hole 62123 that penetrates the bottom wall of the joint receiving groove 62122. A mounting member 62114 is located on the side of the leg support 6212 away from the leg 6 and is connected to the connecting joint 62113 by fasteners such as bolts. The mounting member 62114 has a limiting protrusion 621141, at least a portion of which is received within the limiting hole 62123. When the connecting joint 62113 rotates, the limiting protrusion 621141 abuts against the side wall of the limiting hole 62123, thereby limiting the rotational stroke of the connecting joint 62113, and consequently limiting the rotational stroke of the leg 6. This also limits the high and low positions of the chair body 2000.

具體地,第一支腿601的一端連接至連接關節62113。第一支腿601的另一端與第二支腿602可拆卸地連接。可選地,第一支腿601和第二支腿602通過例如卡接、螺紋連接等方式連接。在本實施例中,第一支腿601和第二 支腿602均為具有中空內腔62115的金屬管。第一限位件6215設置於第一支腿601,第二限位件6216設置於第二支腿602。連接關節62113例如由塑料製成。第二支腿602的遠離第一支腿601的一端設置有支腳(也可以稱為腳墊部)603,支腳603能夠可拆卸地連接於第二支腿602或第一支腿601。支腳603由例如塑料製成,從而可以減小支腿6與地面或支撐面之間摩擦的噪音。 Specifically, one end of the first leg 601 is connected to the connecting joint 62113. The other end of the first leg 601 is detachably connected to the second leg 602. Alternatively, the first leg 601 and the second leg 602 are connected by means such as snap-fit or threaded connection. In this embodiment, both the first leg 601 and the second leg 602 are metal tubes with a hollow inner cavity 62115. A first limiting member 6215 is provided on the first leg 601, and a second limiting member 6216 is provided on the second leg 602. The connecting joint 62113 is made of plastic, for example. A foot (also called a foot pad) 603 is provided at the end of the second leg 602 away from the first leg 601, and the foot 603 can be detachably connected to the second leg 602 or the first leg 601. The outrigger 603 is made of, for example, plastic, which reduces noise from friction between the outrigger 6 and the ground or supporting surface.

當兒童座椅處於如圖59所示的第一使用模式或如圖60所示的第二使用模式時,支腳603連接於第二支腿602。當兒童座椅處於如圖61所示的第三使用模式或如圖62所示的第四使用模式時,可以將支腳603從第二支腿602拆卸下來並連接至第一支腿601(如圖61和圖62所示)。 When the child seat is in the first usage mode as shown in Figure 59 or the second usage mode as shown in Figure 60, the support leg 603 is connected to the second support leg 602. When the child seat is in the third usage mode as shown in Figure 61 or the fourth usage mode as shown in Figure 62, the support leg 603 can be detached from the second support leg 602 and connected to the first support leg 601 (as shown in Figures 61 and 62).

進一步地,如圖69、圖71和圖72所示,椅具本體2000還包括收折機構(也可以稱為收合機構)923。收折機構923用於將第二滑動件6214鎖定在第一位置或第二位置。當收折機構923處於鎖定狀態時,收折機構923能夠將第二滑動件6214相對於多個支腿6鎖定,當收折機構923處於釋鎖狀態時,第二滑動件6214能夠相對於多個支腿6滑動。例如,當第二滑動件6214處於第一位置,並且收折機構923處於鎖定狀態時,椅具本體2000被鎖定在低位狀態。當收折機構923處於釋鎖狀態(第二滑動件6214可以位於第一位置也可以位於第二位置)時,第二滑動件6214可以在第一位置和第二位置之間滑動,使得椅具本體2000在高位狀態和低位狀態之間可以自由轉換。具體地,當收折機構923處於鎖定狀態時,收折機構923與第二滑動件6214卡合,使得第二滑動件6214不能相對於支腿6滑動,從而將腳踏件6213限制在第一位置。當收折機構923處於釋鎖狀態時,收折機構923與第二滑動件6214解除卡合,使得第二滑動件 6214能夠相對於支腿6滑動,從而使得腳踏件6213在第一位置和第二位置之間能夠自由移動。 Furthermore, as shown in Figures 69, 71, and 72, the chair body 2000 also includes a folding mechanism (also referred to as a retracting mechanism) 923. The folding mechanism 923 is used to lock the second slider 6214 in a first position or a second position. When the folding mechanism 923 is in the locked state, it can lock the second slider 6214 relative to the plurality of legs 6; when the folding mechanism 923 is in the unlocked state, the second slider 6214 can slide relative to the plurality of legs 6. For example, when the second slider 6214 is in the first position and the folding mechanism 923 is in the locked state, the chair body 2000 is locked in a low position. When the folding mechanism 923 is in the unlocked state (the second slider 6214 can be in either the first or second position), the second slider 6214 can slide between the first and second positions, allowing the chair body 2000 to freely switch between a high and a low position. Specifically, when the folding mechanism 923 is in the locked state, the folding mechanism 923 engages with the second slider 6214, preventing the second slider 6214 from sliding relative to the support leg 6, thereby restricting the footrest 6213 to the first position. When the folding mechanism 923 is in the unlocked state, it disengages from the second slider 6214, allowing the second slider 6214 to slide relative to the support leg 6, thereby enabling the foot pedal 6213 to move freely between the first and second positions.

參照圖68和圖70,收折機構923的數量為兩個,兩個收折機構923對稱地設置於支架組件200,使得腳踏件6213能夠更穩定地鎖定在第一位置。在其他實施例中,收折機構923的數量可以是一個、兩個或三個。對此,本發明不作限制。為便於闡述,以下以其中一個收折機構923為例進行說明。 Referring to Figures 68 and 70, there are two folding mechanisms 923, symmetrically arranged on the support assembly 200, allowing the foot pedal 6213 to be more stably locked in the first position. In other embodiments, the number of folding mechanisms 923 may be one, two, or three. The present invention is not limited in this regard. For ease of explanation, the following description uses one folding mechanism 923 as an example.

在本實施例中,收折機構923設置在支撐腳的上部,從而可以對椅具本體的低位狀態進行鎖定。在其他未示的實施例中,還可以額外地在支撐腳的下部設置收折機構923,從而可以對椅具本體的低位狀態和高位狀態分別進行鎖定。 In this embodiment, the folding mechanism 923 is disposed on the upper part of the support legs, thereby locking the chair body in a low-positioned state. In other embodiments not shown, the folding mechanism 923 may also be disposed on the lower part of the support legs, thereby locking the chair body in both a low-positioned and high-positioned state separately.

在一些實施例中,如圖69、圖71和圖72所示,收折機構923包括卡合件9231、驅動件9232、固定座9233、收合復位件9234、收合操作件9235和牽引件9236。收合操作件9235通過牽引件9236與驅動件9232連接,驅動件9232與卡合件9231驅動連接。固定座9233固定設置於支腿6,具體地,固定座9233容納於第一支腿601的中空內腔62115內,並且通過例如螺栓等緊固件與設置於中空內腔62115外的第一限位件6215一起連接至第一支腿601。 In some embodiments, as shown in Figures 69, 71, and 72, the folding mechanism 923 includes a locking member 9231, a drive member 9232, a fixing seat 9233, a folding reset member 9234, a folding operation member 9235, and a traction member 9236. The folding operation member 9235 is connected to the drive member 9232 via the traction member 9236, and the drive member 9232 is drivenly connected to the locking member 9231. The fixing seat 9233 is fixedly disposed on the support leg 6. Specifically, the fixing seat 9233 is housed within the hollow cavity 62115 of the first support leg 601 and is connected to the first support leg 601 together with a first limiting member 6215 disposed outside the hollow cavity 62115 via fasteners such as bolts.

本實施例中,收折機構923包括兩個卡合件9231、兩個驅動件9232、兩個固定座9233、兩個收合復位件9234、兩個牽引件9236以及一個收合操作件9235。兩個卡合件9231、兩個驅動件9232、兩個固定座9233及兩個收合復位件9234分別設置於其中兩個相鄰的支腿6中,兩個牽引件9236的一端分別與兩個驅動件9232連接,另一端均與收合操作件9235連接。如此,通過一個收 合操作件9235即可同時控制兩個支腿6內的驅動件9232的移動,進而控制卡合件9231的移動,且能使得腳踏件6213的鎖定更加穩固。 In this embodiment, the folding mechanism 923 includes two locking components 9231, two driving components 9232, two fixing seats 9233, two folding reset components 9234, two traction components 9236, and one folding operation component 9235. The two locking components 9231, two driving components 9232, two fixing seats 9233, and two folding reset components 9234 are respectively disposed in two adjacent support legs 6. One end of each of the two traction components 9236 is connected to one of the two driving components 9232, and the other end of each is connected to the folding operation component 9235. Thus, a single retraction actuator 9235 can simultaneously control the movement of the drive components 9232 within both support legs 6, thereby controlling the movement of the locking component 9231, and making the locking of the foot pedal 6213 more stable.

在其他實施例中,收折機構923也可以只包括一個收合操作件9235及設置於其中一個支腿6中的一個卡合件9231、一個驅動件9232、一個固定座9233、一個收合復位件9234及一個牽引件9236。 In other embodiments, the folding mechanism 923 may also include only a folding operation member 9235 and a locking member 9231, a drive member 9232, a fixing seat 9233, a folding reset member 9234, and a traction member 9236 disposed in one of the legs 6.

下面以收折機構中的收合操作件9235和設置於其中一個支腿6中的卡合件9231、驅動件9232、固定座9233、收合復位件9234及牽引件9236為例具體說明其結構。 The structure is explained below using the folding mechanism's folding operation component 9235 and the engaging component 9231, driving component 9232, fixing base 9233, folding reset component 9234, and traction component 9236 disposed in one of the support legs 6 as examples.

如圖69和圖71所示,固定座9233設置導向槽92331。導向槽92331沿著平行於驅動件9232的移動方向延伸,也即,導向槽92331沿著平行於第一支腿601的長度方向延伸。卡合件9231能夠在第四鎖定位置(也可以稱為收合鎖定位置)和第四釋鎖位置(也可以稱為收合釋鎖位置)之間移動。卡合件9231的至少一部分容納於第一支腿601的中空內腔62115。卡合件9231的一端與固定座9233連接。具體地,固定座9233設置有第一容置槽92332,導向槽92331設置於第一容置槽92332的側壁。卡合件9231的一端與第一容置槽92332插接配合並且與驅動銷9237連接。具體地,卡合件9231設置有驅動槽9239,驅動槽9239的延伸方向與卡合件9231的移動方向M1交錯且不垂直,即驅動槽9239的延伸方向相對於卡合件9231的移動方向傾斜。驅動銷9237與驅動槽9239插接配合並且與固定座9233的導向槽92331插接配合。驅動銷9237可以沿導向槽92331移動。如此設置,可以使得卡合件9231能夠沿第一容置槽92332的延伸方向移動,避免卡合件9231在第四鎖定位置和第四釋鎖位置之間移動時發生偏移。卡合件9231的另一端為卡合端92311。第一支腿601設置有供卡合端92311 穿過的穿出孔62116。當卡合件9231處於第四鎖定位置時,卡合件9231的卡合端92311穿過穿出孔62116,卡合端92311與第二滑動件6214的卡合孔9238插接。當卡合件9231處於第四釋鎖位置時,卡合件9231的卡合端92311脫離卡合孔9238,使得第二滑動件6214能夠相對於支腿6移動。 As shown in Figures 69 and 71, the fixing base 9233 is provided with a guide groove 92331. The guide groove 92331 extends parallel to the movement direction of the drive member 9232, that is, the guide groove 92331 extends parallel to the length direction of the first leg 601. The engaging member 9231 is movable between a fourth locked position (also referred to as a retracted locked position) and a fourth unlocked position (also referred to as a retracted unlocked position). At least a portion of the engaging member 9231 is accommodated in the hollow cavity 62115 of the first leg 601. One end of the engaging member 9231 is connected to the fixing base 9233. Specifically, the fixing base 9233 is provided with a first receiving groove 92332, and the guide groove 92331 is disposed on the side wall of the first receiving groove 92332. One end of the engaging member 9231 is inserted into the first receiving groove 92332 and connected to the drive pin 9237. Specifically, the engaging member 9231 is provided with a drive groove 9239, the extension direction of which is intersecting but not perpendicular to the movement direction M1 of the engaging member 9231, that is, the extension direction of the drive groove 9239 is inclined relative to the movement direction of the engaging member 9231. The drive pin 9237 is inserted into the drive groove 9239 and also into the guide groove 92331 of the fixing base 9233. The drive pin 9237 can move along the guide groove 92331. This arrangement allows the engaging member 9231 to move along the extension direction of the first receiving groove 92332, preventing the engaging member 9231 from shifting when moving between the fourth locking position and the fourth unlocking position. The other end of the engaging member 9231 is the engaging end 92311. The first leg 601 is provided with a through hole 62116 through which the engaging end 92311 passes. When the engaging member 9231 is in the fourth locking position, the engaging end 92311 of the engaging member 9231 passes through the through hole 62116, and the engaging end 92311 is inserted into the engaging hole 9238 of the second slider 6214. When the engaging member 9231 is in the fourth unlocked position, the engaging end 92311 of the engaging member 9231 disengages from the engaging hole 9238, allowing the second sliding member 6214 to move relative to the support leg 6.

本實施例中的椅具本體2000,通過使卡合件9231在第四鎖定位置和第四釋鎖位置之間移動,使得第二滑動件6214相對於支腿6固定或者可移動,從而實現選擇性地將腳踏件6213鎖定在第一位置,也即實現選擇性地將椅具本體2000鎖定在低位狀態。 In this embodiment, the chair body 2000, by moving the engaging member 9231 between a fourth locked position and a fourth unlocked position, allows the second sliding member 6214 to be fixed or movable relative to the support leg 6, thereby selectively locking the footrest 6213 to the first position, that is, selectively locking the chair body 2000 in a low position.

如圖69和圖71所示,驅動件9232容納於第一支腿601的中空內腔62115。固定座9233設置有第二容置槽92333,驅動件9232的至少一部分容納於第二容置槽92333並且可以相對於第二容置槽92333移動。驅動件9232與驅動銷9237連接。在本實施例中,驅動件9232的移動方向M2大致平行於第一支腿601的延伸方向,卡合件9231的移動方向M1大致垂直於第一支腿601的延伸方向。驅動銷9237與驅動槽9239插接配合並能夠沿驅動槽9239移動。具體地,驅動銷9237穿過驅動槽9239和導向槽92331並實現卡合件9231和驅動件9232的驅動連接。在其他未示的實施例中,可以是驅動件9232設置驅動槽9239,驅動銷9237固定或者可拆卸地設置在卡合件9231。移動方向M2和移動方向M1大體垂直。 As shown in Figures 69 and 71, the drive member 9232 is received in the hollow cavity 62115 of the first leg 601. The fixing seat 9233 is provided with a second receiving groove 92333, and at least a portion of the drive member 9232 is received in and movable relative to the second receiving groove 92333. The drive member 9232 is connected to a drive pin 9237. In this embodiment, the direction of movement M2 of the drive member 9232 is approximately parallel to the extension direction of the first leg 601, and the direction of movement M1 of the engaging member 9231 is approximately perpendicular to the extension direction of the first leg 601. The drive pin 9237 is inserted into and can move along the drive groove 9239. Specifically, the drive pin 9237 passes through the drive groove 9239 and the guide groove 92331, achieving a drive connection between the engaging member 9231 and the drive member 9232. In other embodiments not shown, the drive member 9232 may have a drive groove 9239, and the drive pin 9237 may be fixedly or detachably mounted on the engaging member 9231. The movement direction M2 and the movement direction M1 are substantially perpendicular.

如圖69和圖71所示,收合復位件9234設置於驅動件9232和固定座9233之間,收合復位件9234適於偏壓驅動件9232以驅動卡合件9231移向第四鎖定位置。收合復位件9234可以是彈簧、彈片等彈性件。在本實施例中,參照圖59和圖71,驅動件9232的容納於第二容置槽92333的一部分形成凸台92321。收合復位件9234容納於第二容置槽92333。並且收合復位件9234的一端與第二 容置槽92333的側壁抵接,收合復位件9234的另一端套設在凸台92321上。如此設置,可以避免收合復位件9234變形過程中偏移。 As shown in Figures 69 and 71, a retractable repositioning member 9234 is disposed between the drive member 9232 and the fixed base 9233. The retractable repositioning member 9234 is adapted to bias the drive member 9232 to drive the engaging member 9231 to move to the fourth locking position. The retractable repositioning member 9234 can be an elastic member such as a spring or a spring sheet. In this embodiment, referring to Figures 59 and 71, a portion of the drive member 9232 received in the second receiving groove 92333 forms a boss 92321. The retractable repositioning member 9234 is received in the second receiving groove 92333. One end of the retractable repositioning member 9234 abuts against the side wall of the second receiving groove 92333, and the other end of the retractable repositioning member 9234 is sleeved on the boss 92321. This design prevents the retractable locking component 9234 from shifting during deformation.

如圖69、圖71和圖72所示,收合操作件9235可操作地設置於支腿座6212,具體地,收合操作件9235可操作地設置於支腿座6212的背離座板822的一面,也即收合操作件9235可操作地設置於支腿座6212的下側面。牽引件9236一端容納於第一支腿601的中空內腔62115並且與驅動件9232連接,牽引件9236的另一端穿出至第一支腿601的中空內腔62115外並且與收合操作件9235連接。牽引件9236例如為鋼索、碳纖維索等驅動索。當收合操作件9235被操作時,收合操作件9235通過牽引件9236帶動驅動件9232移動,以驅動卡合件9231由第四鎖定位置移動至第四釋鎖位置。當釋放施加於收合操作件9235的外力時,在收合復位件9234的彈性回復力作用下,驅動件9232通過牽引件9236驅動收合操作件9235回復至初始位置。 As shown in Figures 69, 71, and 72, the retraction operation member 9235 is operably disposed on the leg base 6212. Specifically, the retraction operation member 9235 is operably disposed on the side of the leg base 6212 opposite to the seat plate 822, that is, the retraction operation member 9235 is operably disposed on the lower side of the leg base 6212. One end of the traction member 9236 is housed in the hollow cavity 62115 of the first leg 601 and connected to the drive member 9232, while the other end of the traction member 9236 extends out of the hollow cavity 62115 of the first leg 601 and is connected to the retraction operation member 9235. The traction member 9236 is, for example, a steel cable, carbon fiber cable, or other drive cable. When the retraction actuator 9235 is activated, it moves the drive member 9232 via the traction member 9236, thereby moving the locking member 9231 from the fourth locked position to the fourth unlocked position. When the external force applied to the retraction actuator 9235 is released, under the elastic restoring force of the retraction reset member 9234, the drive member 9232 drives the retraction actuator 9235 back to its initial position via the traction member 9236.

參照圖68和圖69,當腳踏件6213處於第一位置時,第二滑動件6214的卡合孔9238與支腿6的穿出孔62116相對,卡合件9231的卡合端92311穿過穿出孔62116與卡合孔9238卡合。此時收折機構923處於鎖定狀態,第二滑動件6214不能相對於支腿6滑動,腳踏件6213被鎖定在第一位置,也即椅具本體2000被鎖定在低位狀態。當需要調整椅具本體2000的高度時,操作收合操作件9235移動以通過牽引件9236帶動驅動件9232沿M2方向向上移動,並通過驅動銷9237與驅動槽9239的驅動連接驅動卡合件9231沿M1方向由第四鎖定位置移動至第四釋鎖位置,使得卡合件9231的卡合端92311與卡合孔9238解除卡合(參照圖71)。此時對腳踏件6213施加外力,使腳踏件6213向第二位置移動,當腳踏件6213移動至使第二滑動件6214不與卡合件9231接觸時,釋放施加於收合操作 件9235的外力,驅動件9232在收合復位件9234的彈性回復力作用下沿M2方向向下移動。驅動件9232一方面通過牽引件9236帶動收合操作件9235移向初始位置,另一方面通過驅動銷9237與驅動槽9239的配合驅動卡合件9231沿M1方向向第二鎖定位置復位。由於此時穿出孔62116與卡合孔9238錯開,驅動銷9237不能與卡合孔9238卡合,此時第二滑動件6214能夠相對於支腿6移動,也即腳踏件6213相對於支腿6可移動。當腳踏件6213移動至合適的位置時,也即將椅具本體2000調整至所需的高度時,釋放對腳踏件6213施加的外力。腳踏件6213在自身重力以及第二滑動件6214與支腿6之間的摩擦力作用下固定在該合適的位置(該合適的位置例如可以是第二位置,也可以是第一位置和第二位置之間的任意位置)。 Referring to Figures 68 and 69, when the footrest 6213 is in the first position, the engaging hole 9238 of the second slider 6214 is opposite to the through hole 62116 of the support leg 6, and the engaging end 92311 of the engaging member 9231 passes through the through hole 62116 and engages with the engaging hole 9238. At this time, the folding mechanism 923 is in the locked state, the second slider 6214 cannot slide relative to the support leg 6, the footrest 6213 is locked in the first position, that is, the chair body 2000 is locked in the low position. When the height of the chair body 2000 needs to be adjusted, the operating mechanism 9235 is moved to drive the drive component 9232 upward along the M2 direction via the traction component 9236, and the engaging component 9231 is moved from the fourth locking position to the fourth unlocking position along the M1 direction via the driving pin 9237 and the driving groove 9239, so that the engaging end 92311 of the engaging component 9231 is released from the engaging hole 9238 (see Figure 71). At this time, an external force is applied to the foot pedal 6213, causing it to move to the second position. When the foot pedal 6213 moves to the point where the second sliding member 6214 no longer contacts the engaging member 9231, the external force applied to the retracting operation member 9235 is released. Under the elastic restoring force of the retracting reset member 9234, the drive member 9232 moves downward along the M2 direction. On the one hand, the drive member 9232 drives the retracting operation member 9235 to the initial position through the traction member 9236; on the other hand, the drive pin 9237 drives the engaging member 9231 to reset to the second locking position along the M1 direction through the cooperation of the drive pin 9237 and the drive groove 9239. Since the through hole 62116 is misaligned with the engaging hole 9238 at this time, the drive pin 9237 cannot engage with the engaging hole 9238. Therefore, the second sliding member 6214 can move relative to the support leg 6, meaning the footrest 6213 can move relative to the support leg 6. When the footrest 6213 moves to the appropriate position, that is, when the chair body 2000 is adjusted to the required height, the external force applied to the footrest 6213 is released. The footrest 6213 is fixed in this appropriate position (this appropriate position can be, for example, the second position, or any position between the first and second positions) under its own weight and the friction between the second sliding member 6214 and the support leg 6.

在一些實施例中,如圖73至圖75所示,座板822包括第一座板8221和第二座板8222,第一座板8221設置有第一容納槽82211。第二座板8222設置於第一容納槽82211的槽口處。具體地,第一座板8221與第二座板8222固定連接。第二座板8222圍繞支架組件200的支腿座6212設置。第一容納槽82211的槽口朝向支腿座6212的方向,也即第一座板8221位於支腿座6212上方。在本實施例中,第一座板8221與第二座板8222通過例如螺栓等緊固件連接。在其他實施例中,第一座板8221與第二座板8222例如通過卡接、螺紋連接等方式可拆卸地連接。本實施例中,支腿座6212為圓盤狀結構,第二座板8222為圍繞支腿座6212設置的圓環狀結構,第一座板8221為能覆蓋於支腿座6212和第二座板8222上的圓盤狀結構。 In some embodiments, as shown in Figures 73 to 75, the base plate 822 includes a first base plate 8221 and a second base plate 8222. The first base plate 8221 is provided with a first receiving groove 82211. The second base plate 8222 is disposed at the opening of the first receiving groove 82211. Specifically, the first base plate 8221 and the second base plate 8222 are fixedly connected. The second base plate 8222 is disposed around the support leg seat 6212 of the support assembly 200. The opening of the first receiving groove 82211 faces the support leg seat 6212, that is, the first base plate 8221 is located above the support leg seat 6212. In this embodiment, the first base plate 8221 and the second base plate 8222 are connected by fasteners such as bolts. In other embodiments, the first base plate 8221 and the second base plate 8222 are detachably connected, for example, by snap-fit or threaded connection. In this embodiment, the leg base 6212 has a disc-shaped structure, the second base plate 8222 has an annular structure surrounding the leg base 6212, and the first base plate 8221 has a disc-shaped structure that can cover the leg base 6212 and the second base plate 8222.

參照圖73,椅具本體2000還包括連接桿826,連接桿826的一端連接於背靠825,連接桿826的另一端伸入第一容納槽82211並且與第二座板 8222連接。在其他未示的實施例中,連接桿826的另一端可以與第一座板8221連接。 Referring to Figure 73, the chair body 2000 further includes a connecting rod 826, one end of which is connected to the backrest 825, and the other end of which extends into the first receiving groove 82211 and is connected to the second seat plate 8222. In other embodiments not shown, the other end of the connecting rod 826 may be connected to the first seat plate 8221.

如圖75所示,第一容納槽82211具有環形的第一側壁82212和圍繞第一側壁82212的環形的第二側壁82213。第二側壁82213較第一側壁82212遠離座板822的旋轉軸線R-R。支腿座6212設置有轉動連接部62124,轉動連接部62124的至少一部分容納於第一容納槽82211並且與第一容納槽82211的第一側壁82212抵接,使得座板822可相對於支腿座6212繞旋轉軸線R-R旋轉。第二座板8222與第一座板8221之間形成開口82223。具體地,第二座板8222與第一側壁82212之間形成開口82223。轉動連接部62124的至少一部分穿過開口82223並與第一容納槽82211的第一側壁82212卡接。在其他未示的實施例中,轉動連接部62124可以與第一容納槽82211的第二側壁82213抵接。在其他另一些未示的實施例中,轉動連接部62124也可以穿過開口82223與第二座板8222卡接。對此本發明不作限制。 As shown in Figure 75, the first receiving groove 82211 has an annular first sidewall 82212 and an annular second sidewall 82213 surrounding the first sidewall 82212. The second sidewall 82213 is further away from the axis of rotation R-R of the seat plate 822 than the first sidewall 82212. The leg seat 6212 is provided with a rotating connection 62124, at least a portion of which is received in the first receiving groove 82211 and abuts against the first sidewall 82212 of the first receiving groove 82211, so that the seat plate 822 can rotate relative to the leg seat 6212 about the axis of rotation R-R. An opening 82223 is formed between the second seat plate 8222 and the first seat plate 8221. Specifically, an opening 82223 is formed between the second base plate 8222 and the first side wall 82212. At least a portion of the rotatable connector 62124 passes through the opening 82223 and engages with the first side wall 82212 of the first receiving groove 82211. In other embodiments not shown, the rotatable connector 62124 may abut against the second side wall 82213 of the first receiving groove 82211. In still other embodiments not shown, the rotatable connector 62124 may also engage with the second base plate 8222 through the opening 82223. The present invention is not limited in this respect.

在一些實施例中,如圖73至圖75所示,椅具本體2000還包括轉動調整機構(也可以稱為轉動定位機構)924,轉動調整機構924能夠選擇性地將座板822定位在所需的角度。具體而言,當轉動調整機構924處於釋鎖狀態時,座板822能夠相對於支腿座6212轉動,使得座板822能夠相對於支腿座6212旋轉。當轉動調整機構924處於鎖定狀態時,座板822不能相對於支腿座6212轉動,從而可以將座板822鎖定在所需的角度。 In some embodiments, as shown in Figures 73 to 75, the chair body 2000 further includes a rotation adjustment mechanism (also referred to as a rotation positioning mechanism) 924, which selectively positions the seat plate 822 at a desired angle. Specifically, when the rotation adjustment mechanism 924 is in the unlocked state, the seat plate 822 can rotate relative to the leg support 6212, allowing the seat plate 822 to rotate relative to the leg support 6212. When the rotation adjustment mechanism 924 is in the locked state, the seat plate 822 cannot rotate relative to the leg support 6212, thereby locking the seat plate 822 at the desired angle.

如圖73至圖75所示,轉動調整機構924包括定位件9241、定位復位件9242以及定位操作件9243。定位操作件9243與定位件9241驅動連接。支腿座6212設置有第一定位槽9244,座板822設置有第二定位槽9245。當轉動調整 機構924處於鎖定狀態時,定位件9241處於第三鎖定位置,定位件9241同時卡合於第一定位槽9244和第二定位槽9245。也即,第一定位件9241的一部分容納於第一定位槽9244,定位件9241的另一部分容納於第二定位槽9245,使得座板822不能相對於支腿座6212轉動,從而將座板822鎖定在所需的角度。當轉動調整機構924處於釋鎖狀態時,定位件9241處於第三釋鎖位置,定位件9241與第二定位槽9245解除卡合,也即定位件9241僅僅容納於第一定位槽9244中,使得座板822能夠相對於支腿座6212轉動,從而可以調整座板822相對於支腿座6212的角度。在其他未示的實施例中,當轉動調整機構924處於釋鎖狀態時,定位件9241與第一定位槽9244解除卡合,也即定位件9241僅僅容納於第二定位槽9245中,使得座板822能夠相對於支腿座6212轉動,從而可以調整座板822相對於支腿座6212的角度。 As shown in Figures 73 to 75, the rotation adjustment mechanism 924 includes a positioning member 9241, a positioning reset member 9242, and a positioning operation member 9243. The positioning operation member 9243 is drivenly connected to the positioning member 9241. The support leg seat 6212 is provided with a first positioning groove 9244, and the seat plate 822 is provided with a second positioning groove 9245. When the rotation adjustment mechanism 924 is in the locked state, the positioning member 9241 is in the third locked position, and the positioning member 9241 is simultaneously engaged with the first positioning groove 9244 and the second positioning groove 9245. That is, a part of the first positioning member 9241 is accommodated in the first positioning groove 9244, and the other part of the positioning member 9241 is accommodated in the second positioning groove 9245, so that the seat plate 822 cannot rotate relative to the support leg seat 6212, thereby locking the seat plate 822 at the required angle. When the rotation adjustment mechanism 924 is in the unlocked state, the positioning member 9241 is in the third unlocked position, and the positioning member 9241 is disengaged from the second positioning groove 9245. That is, the positioning member 9241 is only accommodated in the first positioning groove 9244, allowing the seat plate 822 to rotate relative to the leg seat 6212, thereby adjusting the angle of the seat plate 822 relative to the leg seat 6212. In other embodiments not shown, when the rotation adjustment mechanism 924 is in the unlocked state, the positioning member 9241 is disengaged from the first positioning groove 9244. That is, the positioning member 9241 is only accommodated in the second positioning groove 9245, allowing the seat plate 822 to rotate relative to the leg seat 6212, thereby adjusting the angle of the seat plate 822 relative to the leg seat 6212.

如圖73至圖75所示,定位件9241包括用於與第二定位槽9245和第一定位槽9244卡合的定位部92411,定位部92411的橫截面為非圓形的旋轉對稱圖形。在本實施例中,定位部92411的橫截面大致呈“+”型,使得座板822能夠相對於支腿座6212鎖定在四個角度位置,每兩個相鄰的角度位置相隔90度。“+”型的定位部92411可以由例如兩個相互交錯的矩形形成,也可以由例如兩個相互交錯的橢圓形成。在其他未示的實施例中,定位部92411還可以由一個矩形或者一個橢圓形成,或者定位部92411由三個以上相互交錯的矩形或者三個以上相互交錯的橢圓形成。在另一些未示的實施例中,定位部92411的橫截面還可以是正多邊形,例如正三角形、正四邊形、正六邊形等。對於定位部92411橫截面的具體形狀,本發明不作限制。本領域技術人員可以根據所需要定位的角度,選擇合適的定位部92411橫截面形狀。例如,如果需要有六種角 度位置,則定位部92411的橫截面可以選擇為三個相互交錯的矩形或橢圓形、或者單個正六邊形。第一定位槽9244、第二定位槽9245與定位部92411的形狀和尺寸分別對應。 As shown in Figures 73 to 75, the positioning member 9241 includes a positioning portion 92411 for engaging with the second positioning groove 9245 and the first positioning groove 9244. The cross-section of the positioning portion 92411 is a non-circular rotationally symmetrical figure. In this embodiment, the cross-section of the positioning portion 92411 is approximately "+" shaped, so that the seat plate 822 can be locked relative to the support leg seat 6212 at four angular positions, with each pair of adjacent angular positions spaced 90 degrees apart. The "+" shaped positioning portion 92411 can be formed, for example, by two intersecting rectangles, or by, for example, two intersecting ellipses. In other embodiments not shown, the positioning part 92411 may also be formed by a rectangle or an ellipse, or by three or more intersecting rectangles or three or more intersecting ellipses. In other embodiments not shown, the cross-section of the positioning part 92411 may also be a regular polygon, such as an equilateral triangle, a regular quadrilateral, or a regular hexagon. The present invention does not limit the specific shape of the cross-section of the positioning part 92411. Those skilled in the art can select a suitable cross-sectional shape of the positioning part 92411 according to the required positioning angle. For example, if six angular positions are required, the cross-section of the positioning part 92411 can be selected as three intersecting rectangles or ellipses, or a single regular hexagon. The shapes and dimensions of the first positioning groove 9244, the second positioning groove 9245, and the positioning part 92411 correspond respectively.

如圖75所示,定位操作件9243可操作地設置於支腿座6212。定位操作件9243設置於支腿座6212的背離第一定位槽9244的一面,定位操作件9243通過例如螺栓等緊固件9249與定位件9241驅動連接。當被操作時,定位操作件9243能夠通過例如螺栓等緊固件帶動定位件9241移動。第一定位槽9244的槽底或第二定位槽9245的槽底能夠與定位件9241抵接,以此限定了定位件9241的移動行程,從而限定了定位操作件9243的移動行程。 As shown in Figure 75, a positioning actuation member 9243 is operably disposed on the support leg base 6212. The positioning actuation member 9243 is located on the side of the support leg base 6212 opposite to the first positioning groove 9244, and is drivenly connected to the positioning member 9241 by a fastener 9249, such as a bolt. When operated, the positioning actuation member 9243 can move the positioning member 9241 via the fastener. The bottom of the first positioning groove 9244 or the bottom of the second positioning groove 9245 can abut against the positioning member 9241, thereby limiting the travel of the positioning member 9241, and thus limiting the travel of the positioning actuation member 9243.

如圖75所示,定位復位件9242適於偏壓定位件9241以使轉動調整機構924向鎖定狀態切換。定位復位件9242可以是彈簧、彈片等彈性件。在本實施例中,定位復位件9242為壓簧,定位復位件9242設置於定位件9241和支腿座6212之間。具體而言,請一並參見圖73,定位件9241具有定位連接部92412。定位部92411圍繞定位連接部92412設置,並且關於座板822的旋轉軸線R-R旋轉對稱。定位連接部92412面向支腿座6212的一面形成第三容置槽92413,第一定位槽9244的槽底設置有凸柱92441。定位復位件9242的一端套設於凸柱92441並且與第一定位槽9244的槽底抵接,定位復位件9242的另一端與第三容置槽92413的槽底抵接。如此設置,可以避免定位復位件9242在變形過程中偏移。當定位操作件9243被向下拉動時,定位件9241被帶動向下移動並壓縮定位復位件9242,使得定位件9241與第二定位槽9245解除卡合。當釋放施加於定位操作件9243的拉力時,在被壓縮的定位復位件9242的彈性回復力作用 下,定位件9241向上移動至與第二定位槽9245卡合的鎖定狀態並帶動定位操作件9243向上移動。 As shown in Figure 75, the positioning reset member 9242 is adapted to bias the positioning member 9241 to switch the rotation adjustment mechanism 924 to the locked state. The positioning reset member 9242 can be an elastic member such as a spring or a spring sheet. In this embodiment, the positioning reset member 9242 is a compression spring, and the positioning reset member 9242 is disposed between the positioning member 9241 and the support leg seat 6212. Specifically, referring to Figure 73, the positioning member 9241 has a positioning connection portion 92412. The positioning portion 92411 is disposed around the positioning connection portion 92412 and is symmetrical about the rotation axis R-R of the seat plate 822. The positioning connector 92412 has a third receiving groove 92413 formed on the side facing the support leg 6212, and a protrusion 92441 is provided at the bottom of the first positioning groove 9244. One end of the positioning reset member 9242 is sleeved on the protrusion 92441 and abuts against the bottom of the first positioning groove 9244, while the other end of the positioning reset member 9242 abuts against the bottom of the third receiving groove 92413. This arrangement prevents the positioning reset member 9242 from shifting during deformation. When the positioning operating member 9243 is pulled downward, the positioning member 9241 is driven downward and compresses the positioning reset member 9242, causing the positioning member 9241 to disengage from the second positioning groove 9245. When the tension applied to the positioning operating member 9243 is released, under the elastic restoring force of the compressed positioning reset member 9242, the positioning member 9241 moves upward to a locked state, engaging with the second positioning groove 9245, and thus moves the positioning operating member 9243 upward.

在其他一些未示的實施例中,定位復位件9242還可以設置於座板822與定位件9241之間,例如設置於第二定位槽9245的槽底與定位件9241之間。定位復位件9242例如為壓簧。當定位操作件9243被向上按壓時,定位件9241被帶動向上移動並壓縮定位復位件9242,使得定位件9241與第一定位槽9244解除卡合。當釋放施加於定位操作件9243的按壓力時,在被壓縮的定位復位件9242的彈性回復力作用下,定位件9241向下移動至與第二定位槽9245卡合的鎖定狀態並帶動定位操作件9243向下移動。 In other embodiments not shown, the positioning reset member 9242 may also be disposed between the base plate 822 and the positioning member 9241, for example, between the bottom of the second positioning groove 9245 and the positioning member 9241. The positioning reset member 9242 is, for example, a compression spring. When the positioning operating member 9243 is pressed upwards, the positioning member 9241 is driven upwards and compresses the positioning reset member 9242, causing the positioning member 9241 to disengage from the first positioning groove 9244. When the pressing force applied to the positioning operating member 9243 is released, under the elastic restoring force of the compressed positioning reset member 9242, the positioning member 9241 moves downwards to a locked state engaging with the second positioning groove 9245, and drives the positioning operating member 9243 downwards.

在一些實施例中,如圖75至圖77所示,定位操作件9243能夠相對於支腿座6212轉動。支腿座6212的面向定位操作件9243的端面設置有定位肋62121,定位操作件9243相應地設置有保持肋92431,保持肋92431能夠可操作地抵接在定位肋62121上以使轉動調整機構924保持在釋鎖狀態,從而使得椅具本體2000的座板822能夠自由旋轉,以便於大童或者成人使用。具體地,定位肋62121設置有抵接端部62121a和傾斜面62121b,該傾斜面62121b分別與抵接端部62121a和支腿座6212的下端面連接,使得定位操作件9243在被轉動時,保持肋92431能夠沿傾斜面62121b移動至與抵接端部62121a相抵,從而將轉動調整機構924保持在釋鎖狀態。定位肋62121還設置有凸出於抵接端部62121a的限位端部62121c,以避免定位操作件9243過度轉動而與抵接端部62121a錯開而無法相抵。當不需要將轉動調整機構924保持在釋鎖狀態時,反向旋轉定位操作件9243,使保持肋92431與抵接端部62121a和傾斜面62121b錯開,也即使保持肋92431與定位肋62121錯開,從而將轉動調整機構924切換至鎖定狀態。在本 實施例中,定位肋62121的數量至少為兩個,例如為三個、四個、六個等。至少兩個定位肋62121相對於座板822的旋轉軸線R-R旋轉對稱分布。相應地,保持肋92431的數量至少為兩個,例如為三個、四個、六個等。至少兩個保持肋92431相對於座板822的旋轉軸線R-R旋轉對稱分布。 In some embodiments, as shown in Figures 75 to 77, the positioning actuation member 9243 is rotatable relative to the leg support 6212. The end face of the leg support 6212 facing the positioning actuation member 9243 is provided with a positioning rib 62121, and the positioning actuation member 9243 is correspondingly provided with a retaining rib 92431. The retaining rib 92431 is operable to abut against the positioning rib 62121 to keep the rotation adjustment mechanism 924 in the unlocked state, thereby allowing the seat plate 822 of the chair body 2000 to rotate freely for use by older children or adults. Specifically, the positioning rib 62121 is provided with an abutting end 62121a and an inclined surface 62121b. The inclined surface 62121b is connected to the abutting end 62121a and the lower end face of the support leg seat 6212, respectively. This allows the positioning operating member 9243 to move along the inclined surface 62121b to abut the abutting end 62121a when it is rotated, thereby keeping the rotation adjustment mechanism 924 in the unlocked state. The positioning rib 62121 is also provided with a limiting end 62121c protruding from the abutting end 62121a to prevent the positioning operating member 9243 from rotating excessively and misaligning with the abutting end 62121a, thus failing to abut. When it is not necessary to keep the rotation adjustment mechanism 924 in the unlocked state, the positioning operating member 9243 is rotated in the opposite direction, causing the retaining rib 92431 to be misaligned with the abutment end 62121a and the inclined surface 62121b, that is, the retaining rib 92431 to be misaligned with the positioning rib 62121, thereby switching the rotation adjustment mechanism 924 to the locked state. In this embodiment, the number of positioning ribs 62121 is at least two, for example, three, four, six, etc. At least two positioning ribs 62121 are symmetrically distributed with respect to the rotation axis R-R of the base plate 822. Correspondingly, the number of retaining ribs 92431 is at least two, for example, three, four, six, etc. At least two retaining ribs 92431 are rotationally symmetrically distributed R-R relative to the rotation axis of the base plate 822.

在一些實施例中,如圖73和圖75所示,支架組件200還包括滾輪6217。滾輪6217設置於支腿座6212並且能夠相對於支腿座6212轉動。座板822的至少一部分與滾輪6217滾動接觸。在本實施例中,第一容納槽82211的第一側壁82212的外側面與滾輪6217滾動接觸。如此設置,可以輔助座板822相對於支腿座6212轉動。具體地,滾輪6217具有第一斜面62171,座板822設置有圍繞座板822的旋轉軸線R-R的第二斜面82214,第二斜面82214與第一斜面62171滾動接觸。在本實施例中,滾輪6217的數量包括至少兩個,例如為三個、五個、六個等。至少兩個滾輪6217相對於座板822的旋轉軸線R-R對稱分布。 In some embodiments, as shown in Figures 73 and 75, the support assembly 200 further includes a roller 6217. The roller 6217 is disposed on and rotatable relative to the leg seat 6212. At least a portion of the seat plate 822 rolls in contact with the roller 6217. In this embodiment, the outer surface of the first sidewall 82212 of the first receiving groove 82211 rolls in contact with the roller 6217. This arrangement assists in the rotation of the seat plate 822 relative to the leg seat 6212. Specifically, roller 6217 has a first inclined surface 62171, and seat plate 822 is provided with a second inclined surface 82214 surrounding the rotation axis R-R of seat plate 822. The second inclined surface 82214 rolls in contact with the first inclined surface 62171. In this embodiment, the number of rollers 6217 includes at least two, for example, three, five, six, etc. At least two rollers 6217 are symmetrically distributed with respect to the rotation axis R-R of seat plate 822.

以上所述實施例的各技術特徵可以進行任意的組合,為使描述簡潔,未對上述實施例中的各個技術特徵所有可能的組合都進行描述,然而,只要這些技術特徵的組合不存在矛盾,都應當認為是本說明書記載的範圍。 The technical features of the embodiments described above can be combined in any way. For the sake of brevity, not all possible combinations of the technical features in the embodiments are described. However, as long as the combination of these technical features does not contradict each other, it should be considered within the scope of this specification.

以上所述實施例僅表達了本發明的幾種實施方式,其描述較為具體和詳細,但並不能因此而理解為對發明專利範圍的限制。應當指出的是,對於本領域的普通技術人員來說,在不脫離本發明構思的前提下,還可以做出若干變形和改進,這些都屬於本發明的保護範圍。因此,本發明的保護範圍應以所附請求項為准。 The embodiments described above merely illustrate several implementations of the present invention, and while the descriptions are relatively specific and detailed, they should not be construed as limiting the scope of the invention. It should be noted that those skilled in the art can make various modifications and improvements without departing from the inventive concept, and these all fall within the scope of protection of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of protection of the present invention shall be determined by the appended claims.

1000:高腳椅;100:座椅組件;13:靠背;1:座椅;110:第一長形孔;32:第二軸;151:孔;15:蓋體;2111:滑槽;211:連接臂;212:側板;21:調整件;H2:第二水平方向;31:第一軸;271:支撐件;27:支撐座;V:豎直方向;6:支腿;601:上支腿;602:下支腿;603:支腳;7:收折機構;5:基座;200:支架組件;14:腳踏;2:高度調整機構;11:側壁;12:餐盤;16:安全繫帶1000: High chair; 100: Seat assembly; 13: Backrest; 1: Seat; 110: First elongated hole; 32: Second axis; 151: Hole; 15: Cover; 2111: Slide; 211: Connecting arm; 212: Side plate; 21: Adjusting element; H2: Second horizontal direction; 31: First axis; 271: Support; 27: Support seat; V: Vertical direction; 6: Leg; 601: Upper leg; 602: Lower leg; 603: Support foot; 7: Folding mechanism; 5: Base; 200: Support assembly; 14: Footrest; 2: Height adjustment mechanism; 11: Side wall; 12: Dinner plate; 16: Safety belt

Claims (10)

一種椅具,包括座椅組件和支架組件,所述座椅組件為使用者提供乘坐位置並由所述支架組件支撐,所述支架組件包括多個支腿和收折機構,所述收折機構配置為在所述乘坐位置相對於所述多個支腿的高度保持不變的狀態下能夠打開或者收折所述多個支腿,其中: 所述收折機構包括:調節座;安裝在所述調節座上的多個連接件、至少一個第二鎖定件;其中所述調節座通過所述多個連接件與所述多個支腿可滑動地連接;所述至少一個所述第二鎖定件用於和至少一個所述支腿卡接,以鎖定所述調節座與所述至少一個所述支腿的相對位置。A chair includes a seat assembly and a support assembly, the seat assembly providing a seating position for a user and supported by the support assembly, the support assembly including a plurality of legs and a folding mechanism, the folding mechanism being configured to open or fold the plurality of legs while the height of the seating position relative to the plurality of legs remains constant, wherein: the folding mechanism includes: an adjustable seat; a plurality of connectors mounted on the adjustable seat, and at least one second locking member; wherein the adjustable seat is slidably connected to the plurality of legs via the plurality of connectors; the at least one second locking member is used to engage with at least one of the legs to lock the relative position of the adjustable seat and the at least one leg. 如請求項1所述的椅具,其中,所述至少一個所述支腿上設置有兩個或更多個鎖槽,所述兩個或更多個鎖槽沿所述至少一個所述支腿的長度方向間隔設置,以與所述至少一個第二鎖定件選擇性地卡接。The chair as claimed in claim 1, wherein the at least one of the legs is provided with two or more locking slots, the two or more locking slots being spaced apart along the length of the at least one leg to selectively engage with the at least one second locking member. 如請求項1所述的椅具,其中: 所述椅具還包括第二釋鎖件,所述第二釋鎖件安裝在所述調節座上並與所述至少一個第二鎖定件可操作地連接;及/或 各個所述連接件具有槽口,各個所述支腿設置有滑軌,各個所述連接件通過其槽口與對應的所述支腿上的滑軌可滑動地連接。The chair as claimed in claim 1, wherein: the chair further includes a second release member, the second release member being mounted on the adjusting seat and operably connected to the at least one second locking member; and/or each of the connecting members having a slot, each of the legs being provided with a slide rail, each of the connecting members being slidably connected to the slide rail on the corresponding leg through its slot. 一種椅具,包括座椅組件和支架組件,所述座椅組件為使用者提供乘坐位置並由所述支架組件支撐,所述支架組件包括多個支腿和收折機構,所述收折機構配置為在所述乘坐位置相對於所述多個支腿的高度保持不變的狀態下能夠打開或者收折所述多個支腿,其中: 所述支架組件包括基座,所述基座具有在豎直方向上延伸的滑道;所述多個支腿分別與所述基座樞接; 所述收折機構包括:第一滑動件,與所述滑道滑動地配合;多個連動件,連接在所述第一滑動件和所述多個支腿之間;當所述第一滑動件沿著所述滑道移動時,所述多個連動件驅動所述多個支腿同步展開或者收折。A chair includes a seat assembly and a support assembly. The seat assembly provides a seating position for a user and is supported by the support assembly. The support assembly includes multiple legs and a folding mechanism configured to open or fold the multiple legs while the seating position maintains a constant height relative to the multiple legs. The support assembly includes a base having a slide rail extending vertically. The multiple legs are respectively connected to the base. The folding mechanism includes: a first slider that slidably engages with the slide rail; and multiple linkages connected between the first slider and the multiple legs. When the first slider moves along the slide rail, the multiple linkages drive the multiple legs to simultaneously open or fold. 如請求項4所述的椅具,其中,所述收折機構還包括: 穩定件,通過至少一個連接件與所述第一滑動件連接,以允許所述穩定件隨著所述第一滑動件在所述豎直方向上移動;所述穩定件具有與所述豎直方向平行的轉動軸線; 至少一個第一運動轉換機構,設置在所述穩定件和所述基座之間;當所述穩定件在所述豎直方向上移動時,各個所述第一運動轉換機構驅動所述穩定件繞所述轉動軸線相對於所述第一滑動件轉動。The chair as claimed in claim 4, wherein the folding mechanism further comprises: a stabilizer connected to the first sliding member via at least one connector to allow the stabilizer to move with the first sliding member in the vertical direction; the stabilizer having a rotation axis parallel to the vertical direction; and at least one first motion conversion mechanism disposed between the stabilizer and the base; each of the first motion conversion mechanisms drives the stabilizer to rotate relative to the first sliding member about the rotation axis when the stabilizer moves in the vertical direction. 如請求項5所述的椅具,其中: 所述穩定件和所述第一滑動件中之一者設置有至少一個弧形孔,另一者設置有至少一個通孔;所述至少一個連接件沿著所述豎直方向穿設在所述至少一個弧形孔和所述至少一個通孔中;或者 所述至少一個連接件包括自所述穩定件或所述第一滑動件延伸的至少兩個卡合鉤,各個所述卡合鉤在所述豎直方向上延伸。The chair as claimed in claim 5, wherein: one of the stabilizer and the first sliding member is provided with at least one arc-shaped hole, and the other is provided with at least one through hole; the at least one connecting member is disposed in the at least one arc-shaped hole and the at least one through hole along the vertical direction; or the at least one connecting member includes at least two hooks extending from the stabilizer or the first sliding member, each of the hooks extending in the vertical direction. 如請求項5所述的椅具,其中,各個所述第一運動轉換機構包括:第一驅動斜槽,設置於所述基座和所述穩定件中之一者上;第一驅動銷,設置於所述基座和所述穩定件中之另一者上並與所述第一驅動斜槽滑動地配合。The chair as claimed in claim 5, wherein each of the first motion conversion mechanisms includes: a first drive groove disposed on one of the base and the stabilizer; and a first drive pin disposed on the other of the base and the stabilizer and slidably engaging with the first drive groove. 一種椅具,包括座板和支架組件,所述座板上方適於為使用者提供乘坐位置並由所述支架組件支撐,所述支架組件包括多個支腿和收折機構,所述收折機構配置為在所述乘坐位置相對於所述多個支腿的高度保持不變的狀態下能夠打開或者收折所述多個支腿,其中: 所述支架組件安裝於所述座板,所述多個支腿構造為相對於所述座板樞轉以使所述椅具在高位狀態和低位狀態之間轉換; 所述支架組件還包括腳踏件,所述腳踏件可活動地連接於所述多個支腿,所述腳踏件能夠在第一位置和第二位置之間移動並帶動所述多個支腿樞轉,當所述腳踏件位於所述第一位置時,所述多個支腿展開而使所述椅具處於低位狀態,當所述腳踏件處於所述第二位置時,所述多個支腿收折而使所述椅具處於高位狀態。A chair includes a seat and a support assembly, the seat being adapted to provide a seating position for a user and supported by the support assembly, the support assembly including a plurality of legs and a folding mechanism configured to open or fold the plurality of legs while the seating position is maintained at a constant height relative to the plurality of legs, wherein: the support assembly is mounted on the seat, and the plurality of legs are configured to pivot relative to the seat to allow the chair to switch between a high position and a low position; The support assembly also includes a foot pedal, which is movably connected to the plurality of support legs. The foot pedal can move between a first position and a second position and drive the plurality of support legs to rotate. When the foot pedal is in the first position, the plurality of support legs are extended, placing the chair in a low position. When the foot pedal is in the second position, the plurality of support legs are folded, placing the chair in a high position. 如請求項8所述的椅具,其中,每一所述支腿設置有第二滑動件,所述第二滑動件與所述腳踏件樞接,使得所述腳踏件能夠與所述第二滑動件一起在所述第一位置和所述第二位置之間滑動。The chair as claimed in claim 8, wherein each of the legs is provided with a second slide member, the second slide member being connected to the footrest member such that the footrest member can slide together with the second slide member between the first position and the second position. 如請求項9所述的椅具,其中: 所述收折機構包括:卡合件,可移動地設置於所述多個支腿中之至少一者,所述卡合件能夠在第四鎖定位置和第四釋鎖位置之間切換;卡合孔,設置於所述第二滑動件; 當所述收折機構處於鎖定狀態時,所述卡合件處於所述第四鎖定位置,所述卡合件與所述卡合孔卡合以將所述第二滑動件相對於所述支腿鎖定;當所述收折機構處於釋鎖狀態時,所述卡合件處於所述第四釋鎖位置,所述卡合件脫離所述卡合孔。The chair as described in claim 9, wherein: the folding mechanism includes: an engaging member movably disposed on at least one of the plurality of legs, the engaging member being switchable between a fourth locked position and a fourth unlocked position; and an engaging hole disposed on the second sliding member; when the folding mechanism is in the locked state, the engaging member is in the fourth locked position, the engaging member engaging with the engaging hole to lock the second sliding member relative to the legs; when the folding mechanism is in the unlocked state, the engaging member is in the fourth unlocked position, the engaging member disengaging from the engaging hole.
TW114103243A 2022-11-28 2023-11-28 Height adjustment mechanism, seat adjustment device, rotation adjustment mechanism and chair TWI906129B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (8)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202211504332 2022-11-28
CN2022115043324 2022-11-28
CN202310548646 2023-05-15
CN2023105486462 2023-05-15
CN202310575186 2023-05-19
CN2023105751862 2023-05-19
CN202310782598 2023-06-28
CN2023107825983 2023-06-28

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW202519152A TW202519152A (en) 2025-05-16
TWI906129B true TWI906129B (en) 2025-11-21

Family

ID=

Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20170188709A1 (en) 2014-05-21 2017-07-06 Frelabs Ab Stand for a sitting or lying furniture and furniture including said stand

Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20170188709A1 (en) 2014-05-21 2017-07-06 Frelabs Ab Stand for a sitting or lying furniture and furniture including said stand

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP5468791B2 (en) Tray latch mechanism for infant chair
CN101283868A (en) Folding frame capable of adjusting inclination angle
CN102727002B (en) Folding baby chair with adjustable back slope
CN104973113B (en) Baby carriage device
CN102068157B (en) baby swing
CN101711634B (en) child seat device
US7789402B2 (en) Stroller with seat height adjustment
CN216942790U (en) child car seat system
US6089666A (en) High chair having retractable rollers
EP2827747B1 (en) Baby bouncer
JP2008541956A (en) Adjustable pediatric chair
CN103156442B (en) Children's seat
CN107334317B (en) children's high chair
EP2001728A2 (en) Stroller with removable arm bar
CN104720437A (en) baby care device
CN115848479A (en) Seat and infant stroller thereof
KR20140004845U (en) bending of rocking chair
TWI906129B (en) Height adjustment mechanism, seat adjustment device, rotation adjustment mechanism and chair
CN107616642A (en) Bedside bed and armrest adjusting mechanism thereof
TWI875347B (en) Height adjustment mechanism, seat adjustment device, rotation adjustment mechanism and chair
CN221457755U (en) Carrier frame capable of folding carrier and child bearing device
JP2003116680A (en) Infant rocking chair
CN208640147U (en) An improved infant dining chair
CN221430729U (en) Child dining chair with adjustable backrest
CN221083240U (en) Baby crib bottom bracket and baby crib with same